CN100449629C - Recording medium, recording apparatus, reproduction apparatus, recording method and reproduction method - Google Patents

Recording medium, recording apparatus, reproduction apparatus, recording method and reproduction method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN100449629C
CN100449629C CN 200510116588 CN200510116588A CN100449629C CN 100449629 C CN100449629 C CN 100449629C CN 200510116588 CN200510116588 CN 200510116588 CN 200510116588 A CN200510116588 A CN 200510116588A CN 100449629 C CN100449629 C CN 100449629C
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
replacement
area
data
address
recording
Prior art date
Application number
CN 200510116588
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN1783312A (en
Inventor
倉冈知孝
寺田光利
小林昭荣
Original Assignee
索尼株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to JP2004236337 priority Critical
Priority to JP236337/04 priority
Priority to JP271328/04 priority
Application filed by 索尼株式会社 filed Critical 索尼株式会社
Publication of CN1783312A publication Critical patent/CN1783312A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN100449629C publication Critical patent/CN100449629C/en

Links

Abstract

在一次写入介质中,通过使用所选择的区,诸如起始于主数据区中的附录记录点的区作为替换区,通过根据关于连续记录范围的信息确定在诸如写请求之类的请求中指定的地址是否是其上已经记录数据的地址,和通过让用于替换介质上的缺陷位置以及用于更新在介质上记录的数据的多条信息共存于表格中来记录这些信息条,可以用其它位置替换介质上的缺陷位置以及因而可以更新已经记录在介质上的数据,而甚至不需要在介质上提供预分配的替换区。 In the write-once media, by using the selected area, such as a starting point in the region of the appendix recording the main data area as a replacement area, is determined by the information about the recording range of the continuous type, such as a request of the write requests Specifies whether the address is the address on which data has been recorded, and by having a defect position on the medium and replace pieces of information for updating data recorded on the medium coexist in the table to record these pieces of information can be used Alternatively other positions on the medium, and a defect position may thus update data has been recorded on the medium, and even necessary to provide a pre-assigned spare area on the medium. 另外,如果介质被提供有替换区并且替换区变得不足于用于替换地址处理,主数据区中的所选区可被用作对不足的替换区进行补充的区。 Further, if the medium is provided with a replacement area and the replacement area for the replacement becomes insufficient to address processing, the selection of the main data area may be used to supplement insufficient spare area of ​​the region. 该区的例子是起始于上述的附录记录点的区。 Examples of the zone is the start point to the recording region of the appendix.

Description

錄介质、记綠置、再J錄置、记录方法和再财法 Recording medium recording home green, then J record set, fiscal law and re-recording method

技术领域 FIELD

本发明涉^^一种记录^h质,例如尤其用于作为一次写入记录介质的光学记录介质,以及涉及为记录介质提供的记录装置、记录方法、再JJ^置和再现方法。 The present invention relates to a recording ^^ ^ h quality, for example, in particular for a write-once optical recording medium of the recording medium, and to provide a recording apparatus for a recording medium, recording method, reproducing apparatus and then JJ ^ methods.

背景技术 Background technique

作为用于记^再Mt字数提的技术,已知^^J ^i舌磁光盘的M作为记录介质的数称己录4支术。 As a further note ^ Mt words mentioned technique, known ^^ J ^ M i tongue magneto-optical disc as a recording medium, said number of already recorded in four patients. 光盘的例子是CD(只读光產)、MD(小型盘)和DVD(数字^^^ M)。 Examples of the optical disk is CD (read-only optical yield), MD (Mini Disc) and DVD (Digital ^^^ M). it^^记录介质的通称,其是被塑^f呆护的金属薄片。 it ^^ known recording medium, which is spent protecting plastic foil ^ f. 当«^照射到光盘时,^^出^#信号,可以^;斤i4^H言号中读出变化,所述变4汰示记絲光盘上的信息。 When «^ irradiated to the optical disc, a ^^ ^ # signals, ^; pounds i4 ^ H statement number read out changes, the change information on the optical disk 4 wire jig shown in mind.

ifeJt可以分成只读类和可写入类,所述只读类包括用户熟悉的CD、 CD-ROM 和DVD"ROM,并且如所公知,所述可写入类允许数据写入到其中。可写入类包括MD、 CI>R、 CI>RW、 DVD"R、 DVD"RW、 DVDfRW和DVD~RAW。通it^用用于可写入类的磁光记录方法、相变记录方法或者着色涂层变化记录方法,数据可以被记鬆'J该类的盘上。着色涂层变化记录方法还称作一次写入记录方法。由于该着色涂层变化记录方法允许数称己录一次并禁4«:上的数据更新,^it对于数据 ifeJt class can be divided into read-only and writable class, the class includes a read-only users familiar CD, CD-ROM and DVD "ROM, and as is well known, the data can be written to allow the class to which to write may be write category includes MD, CI> R, CI> RW, DVD "R, DVD" RW, DVDfRW and DVD ~ RAW. through it ^ with magneto-optical recording method for a writable type, the phase change recording method or colored coating change recording method, data may be recorded loose 'J class on the disc. pigmented coating change recording method is also referred to as a write-once recording method since this method allows colored coating change recording said number of already recorded once and disable 4 «: data updates, ^ it for data

#^应用等是4艮圩的。 # ^ Applications is 4 Gen Wei's. 另一方面,磁光记录方法科目变记录方法被应用在允许数据 On the other hand, the magneto-optical recording method account change recording method allow data to be applied in

更新的多种应用中。 Updated variety of applications. 允许数据更新的应用主要包^i己录^Mt内^t据的应用,该内^t据&^乐^:据、电影、游戏和应用禾I^。 It allows data updates main application package ^ i ^ has been recorded in the Mt ^ t, according to the application, according to the inner ^ t ^ & ^ music: It is, movies, games and applications Wo I ^.

另外,近年来,已经致力于开发称为蓝^4(blue-raydisk)的高密;l^盘以便非常;fcj^莫地生产该产品。 Further, in recent years, it has been referred to develop blue density ^ 4 (blue-raydisk) a; ^ L to the disc is; ^ Mo FCJ produce the product.

""tok>,在需要结合具有405nrn的波长的^bt^具有0.85的NA的物镜的## 下,将数1^己录到高密/1^:和>^&读出以被再现。 "" Tok>, having a wavelength in the need to combine the 405nrn ^ ^ BT having the NA of the objective lens ## is 0.85, the number of the recording density has 1 ^ / 1 ^: and> ^ to be reproduced is read out. 在该^下所需的潮^^U: 所i胃的蓝激光。 The desired tidal ^ ^^ U: i blue laser stomach. 用具有0.32拜的轨道间距、0.12Mm/位的行密度、大约82%的格式化效率和12cm的直径的M,多达233GB(千兆字节)的数量的数据可以以记影再l^;^皮i5fJ'jit^上和从M现,所述记勤再iW元分别是64KB(千字节)的数据块。 The number of data having a track pitch of 0.32 worship, line density 0.12Mm / bit, the formatting efficiency of approximately 82% and M 12cm diameter of up to 233GB (gigabytes) may be referred to again l ^ Movies ; ^ ^ and the skin i5fJ'jit M from now, note the ground element are re-iW 64KB (kilobyte) data blocks.

还存在具有这种高密度的两种光盘,也M, —次写7v型M和可重写型光盘。 There are two kinds of optical disc having such a high density, and M, - write-once type M 7v and rewritable type optical disc. 另外,在可作为用于记^il类数据的介质或不能作为只再现介质的记录介质的情况中,用于通过提供替换区(altemate area)来改变光盘上的数樹己录位置的技术是已知的。 Further, in the recording medium may be referred to as a ^ il type data can not serve as the reproduction-only medium or medium, technology for changing the number of trees already recorded position on the optical disc by providing the spare area (altemate area) are known. 也tt^说,该技术是缺陷管理技术,由此,^!供^"换记录区,使得如果由于^jLb的缺陷损坏而导meJUL存在不适^己^^t据的位置,那么替换记录区可 ^ TT also said that the technique is a defect management techniques, whereby, ^! ^ For "change a recording area, so that if a defect due to the damage ^ JLB turned meJUL Not present position data hexyl ^ t ^^, then the replacement recorded area can

以^Jfl作充当缺陷位置的^^,以允许#^亍正确的记^#«^。 ^ ^ ^ Jfl as to serve as a defective position to allow the right foot right note # ^ ^ # «^.

例如,在美国专利第6,782,488号(下文中称为专利文献l)中公开了缺陷管理技术。 For example, in U.S. Patent No. 6,782,488 (hereinafter referred to as Patent Document l) discloses a defect management techniques.

顺便提及,将数粉己鬆J一次写TOB己录介质中的已被记录的区中,即在以前已经记录数据的区中当然是不可能的。 Incidentally, the number of write once loose powder J had already been recorded in the recording medium TOB area, i.e. an area where data has been recorded, of course is not possible in the past. 一次写^t记录介质的例子是CD^R、 DVI>R 和高密度记录介质,它们起一次写Ait盘的作用。 Examples of write-once recording medium is ^ t CD ^ R, DVI> R and high-density recording media, they play the role of a write-once disc Ait.

通过作i^fM作为ROM型盘或者RAM型盘的光记录介质,定义要被记鬆ij 光记录介质上的大部分文件系统的关H ROM型it^^再现介质以及RAM型i^ 可再写/^feJ:。 I ^ fM by making a recording medium as an optical disk ROM type or the RAM type disc is defined to be reproduced ROM type H turned on most of the media file system referred to loose it ^^ ij optical recording medium, and a RAM type can be re-i ^ write / ^ feJ :. 用于允许数据仅仅被^l在其中一次的一次写入记录介质的文件系统的规龙P艮制了普itiL件系统的功能并包4封争殊的功能。 Regulation for allowing data Long Gen P ^ l merely write once recording medium in which a file system of the braking system function P itiL member 4 and coated contention special function.

用于一次写入记录介质的文件系统的规格是文件系统不能变成广泛通用的原因。 Specifications for write-once recording medium of the file system is the cause of the file system can not become widely common. 另一方面,能够兼^(keepupwilhM言息处《置的多种^ft系统的FAr文件系乡#其它文件系统不能如原来一样应用到一次写7v^h质。 On the other hand, can be placed and a plurality of ^ (keepupwilhM interest made at "^ ft-based file system FAr # Township other file systems such as the original can not be applied as a write to mass 7v ^ h.

一次写入介质通常被广泛应用于保护数据的应用中。 The write-once medium is typically applied are widely used in protecting data. 如^it过照原来的样子保持文件系统的^M^,该一次写入介质也可以用于FAT文件系统,那么可以进一步增强一次写入^/h质的可用性。 The ^ it had maintained its original form as a file system ^ M ^, the write-once medium can be used for the FAT file system, it may further enhance the write-once ^ / h quality availability.

然而,为了允许广泛使用的ij如FAT文件系统和用于RAM或者石更盘的i^f牛系^^类的文件系统能够如原来一样被应用于一次写入介质,需刻夸数悟写A^和现 However, in order to allow ij The FAT file system is widely used for bovine i ^ f ^^ class-based file system or the stone more RAM disc can be written is applied to the same medium as the original one, the number of required moment Wu write boast A ^ and now

4!t据的itkiibf目同的i^止中的功能。 4! T stop the function of the same data entry itkiibf i ^. 也IU:说,更新数据的能力是必需的。 Also IU: say, the ability to update data is required. 当然, of course,

一次写入介质的其中一个特性A^据不能第二次重写A^介质上。 Wherein the write-once medium according to a characteristic of A ^ A ^ can not overwrite the second medium. 因此,首先不可能如原^^样对于这种可重写入记录介质^jD文件系统。 Thus, as the original first ^^ impossible for this kind of recording medium can be rewritten in the file system ^ jD.

为了4hf尝上述如在上述专利文献l中公开的故泉,在诸如具有存在于其上的替换区的光盘之类的一次写入介质的情况中,已经提出了^^替换MAh信息禾潜换区来实iiJt据重写功能的技术。 To the above it springs 4hf taste as disclosed in the above Patent Document l, in a case such as a replacement area exists on which the write-once optical disk medium, has been proposed latent Wo ^^ replacement information exchange MAh According to the district to implement technology iiJt rewrite function.

通过介绍这种技术,可以使用为RAM和ROM提供的文件系统而不需要限制和增加功能,并且,从应用的角ytt,没必^^P道不同类介质中的记录技术方面的差异。 By introducing this technology, the file system may be used for the RAM and ROM provided without the need to limit and increase the functionality, and, from the application angle YTT, no difference will ^^ art recording medium P type channel different aspects.

然而,允i—次写入介质上的数据净战全更新的这些技术需要在每个盘上设置 However, allowing i- writes data on the media war net full update of these technologies needs to be set on each disc

替换区。 Replacement area. 另夕卜,如果除了别的以外必须考虑应用和介质的兼容性以^J:置和介质的兼容性,那么替换区的合iiA寸不淑皮i缓为相同值。 Another Bu Xi, among other things, must be considered if the application and compatibility to media ^ J: compatibility means and media, then co iiA inch Bushu skin replacement area i of the same buffer value.

对于上述的原因,必须分酉e^可能多的替换区或者tb^格式化时间开始实际所需更多的替换区,并且大量的替换区对以高效率使用用户数据区的方法有影响。 For the reasons described above, it may be divided more unitary e ^ tb ^ replacement area or start the actual time required to format the additional spare area, and a large amount of spare area method of high efficiency using the user data area affected.

发明内容 SUMMARY

本发明提供用于实现对如下一次写A^[的缺陷替换:H^止处理和数据更新处理的 The present invention provides the following substitutions for achieving a write A ^ [drawbacks: H ^ stop processing and data update processing

方法:所述盘具有用于管理替换i^止信息的管理区,但A^殳有用于缺陷替换MiiH处理和数据更新处理的预^S己替换区。 Method: The disk S has been used to manage a replacement area replacing I ^ stop information management area, but alternatively there Shu ^ A pre MiiH processing and data update processing for defect ^.

本发明还提供了用于实规对如下一次写入盘的缺陷替换^ii处理和数据更新处理的方法:该盘具有用于管理替换^i止信息的管理区和用于缺陷替换^i止处理和数据更新处理的预射己替换区,并且同时,狄替换区的预分配的无效率。 The present invention further provides a method of processing and data update processing ii used as solid regulatory defect replacement ^ write-once disc: the disc has a management area for managing replacement ^ i and the stop information for defect replacement stopper ^ i pre-shot process and the replacement area has data updating process, and simultaneously, a pre-assigned spare area Di inefficiency.

才N^本发明的实施例,提供了一种数粉己录方法,用于将写数粉己鬆ij记录介质上,该记录介质具有一次写入记录区,所述一次写入记录区只允许数l射己絲其 N ^ only embodiments of the present invention, there is provided a recording method has several powder, the number of write for the loose powder has ij recording medium, the recording medium having a write-once recording area, the write-once recording area only l-hexyl allowable number of wires which exit

中一次,并包括: Once, and include:

主数据区,数据将被记^J"其中以及将从絲JJl^t据;和 Main data area, data to be recorded ^ J "from the wire and wherein JJl ^ t data; and

替换^i止管理信息区,用于递增地记录替换地址管理信息以使^新已经记录的、 用于管逸&所述一次写入记录区上"i^t^替换^iil:处理的替换:^iil:管理信息, Alternatively ^ I stop management information area for recording management information of the replacement address ^ incrementally so that the new record has been for the tube Yi & recording area on the write-once "i ^ t ^ replacement ^ iil: replacement process : ^ iil: management information,

通it^f亍下面的步骤,所述数粉己录方法能够将写数粉己鬆ij所述记录介质上而不用在一次写入记录区中预^R供预射己的替换区: It ^ f right foot on the steps of the powder had the number of recording method capable of writing the number of loose powder has ij instead of the recording medium in a write-once recording area for the pre-shot pre ^ R own replacement area:

^^^换^iit处理,以iil写目标区作为替换目标源区,该写目标区通过数据写请求中指定的^iibf示识作为包括在一次写入记录区中的部分区,并在所述写目标区已经记录数据的情况下,iU^^在于主数据区中的多^NP分区当中选#^替换区作为替换目标置换区; ^^^ ^ iit change processing to iil write target area as a replacement source area, by writing the write target area specified in the request ^ iibf shown as identification data comprising a partial area in the write once recording area, and the a case where said write target data has been recorded in the area, iU ^^ wherein the main data area is selected from among multiple partitions the NP ^ # ^ replacement area as a replacement displacement zone;

将才Mt数据写请求^4皮记录的写数粉己鬆ij替换目标置换区中;和 Mt before the data write request to write ^ ij 4 Number of loose powder has a replacement skin replacement recorded area; and

更^^换^iit管理信息,以^t^替换i^止管理信息中包才封言息作为表示所述替换j^止处理的信息。 More ^^ ^ iit change management information to the replacement ^ t ^ i ^ stop before the management information pack as a seal made interest information indicates the replacement j ^ stop processing.

才條本发明的实施例的数粉己录方法,*一次写入记录区中的写目标区是缺陷区时: Powder recording method has a number of embodiments of the present invention only strip, * write-once recording area in the write target area is a defective area:

在^ft^^^iiW:理的步骤时,扭軒缺陷区的替换i4i狄理以iM缺陷写目标区作为替换目标源区,射«絲在于主数据区的多^分区当中选樹々替换区作为替换目标置换区;以及 In ^ ft ^^^ iiW: when the processing step of replacing the defective area i4i twist Xuan Di iM defect management in the write target area as a replacement source area, exit «multiple filaments wherein the main data area is selected from among the partition tree 々 ^ replacement area as an alternative to the replacement target area; and

在更^f^换J4i止管理信息的步骤时,更^^换MAh管理信息以包括表^i亥缺陷区的替换^iih处理的信息。 When the step change is more ^ f ^ J4i management information is ended, more ^^ MAh exchange management information including the table to replace a defective area Hai ^ i ^ iih process information.

才娥本发明的数粉己录方法,替换i^止管理信息包括关于记絲主数据区中的主数椐的连续i谅范围的连续记录范围信息,以及,在^ft^换J4i止处理步骤时, 通过使用该连续记录范围信息来选择在主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 Only the number of powder hexyl recording method E according to the present invention, alternative i ^ retaining management information includes sequential recording range information on referred wire main data area of ​​the main noted in the number of continuous i understanding range and, in ^ ft ^ transducer J4i stop processing step, by using the sequential recording range information to select a replacement replacement area in the main data area.

才»本发明的数4射己录方法,在^yt^换i^止处理步骤时,通过^^包括在连 Only »number 4 exit hexyl recording method of the present invention, in other words i ^ ^ yt ^ top dead processing step, by including in the attached ^^

续记录范围信息中的附录记录点信息来选择在主数梧区中的替换目标置换区。 Continued recording point information recorded in appendix information to select a replacement replacement region in the master Wu region.

才Mt本发明的数銜己录方法,^^tsyt^^u^^止处理的步骤时,才»关于存在于 When only the number of title hexyl Mt recording method of the present invention, the step U ^^ ^^ stop processing tsyt ^^, only »exists in a

连续记录范围中的附录记氛泉的附录记录点信息^ii择在主数据区中的替换目标置换区,该连续记录范围包括涉及替l^t止处理的替换目标源区。 Appendix sequential recording ranges of the recording points referred Appendix atmosphere springs ^ ii Optional information in the main data area in a replacement area replacing, including those involving the sequential recording ranges for l ^ t stop processing a replacement source.

根据本发明的实施例的数粉己录方法,在"i^t^4fe^iiL处理的步骤时,才財居关于存在于一个连续记录范围或多个连续{谅范围中的附录记录点的多条附录记氛泉信息当中的、表示最大地址的特定附录记录点信息来选择在主数據区中的替换目标置换区。 The powder had the number of recording method of an embodiment of the present invention, the "i ^ t ^ 4fe ^ iiL processing steps, it exists in a Finance ranking sequential recording range or a plurality of consecutive recording points {Appendix understanding range a plurality of springs Appendix referred atmosphere among the information indicating the point of maximum specific appendix recording address information to select a replacement replacement area in the main data area.

才財居本发明的数銜己录方法,在^Mf^换^i止处理的步骤时,4»关于存在于不同于包括涉及替换i^止处理的替换目标源区的连续记录范围的连续记录范围中的附录记录点的附录^f:点信息iKit择在主数提区中的替换目标置换区。 Population in only fiscal hexyl title recording method of the present invention, when the step change ^ i ^ Mf ^ stop treatment, 4 »i ^ differs comprising relates Alternatively continuous sequential recording ranges existing in the source region of a replacement process stop Appendix recording range in the recording spot Appendix ^ f: iKit Optional replacement target point information in the master displacement zone of the stripping zone.

才Nt本发明的数粉己录方法,数粉己录方法进一步包括在主数据区中设置附力口的替换^i止管理信息区的步骤,用于递增地记录替换^Jt止管理信息。 It has Nt number of powder recording method of the present invention, the powder had the number of recording method further includes a port attached to a force in the main data area in step i ^ replacement management information retaining area for incrementally recording the replacement management information stopper of Jt ^.

才»本发明的另一个实施例,^^供了一种^:粉己^^置,用于将l^樹己^^具有一次写入记录区的记录介质上,所述一次写入记录区仅^Ui午将数l射己彩iJ其中一次,并^i乱' Only »another embodiment of the present invention, for a ^^ ^: ^^ powder had set, for hexyl ^^ l ^ tree on a recording medium having a write-once recording area, the write once recording only the region number l ^ Ui l iJ wherein a color emitted hexyl, chaos and ^ i '

主数据区,数据将被iif^其中以及将从絲JUt据;和^^换^Jt止管理信息区,用于递增地i2^:替换^i止管理信息以^^新已经记录的 Main data area, the data will be from the wire and wherein iif ^ JUt data; and changing ^^ ^ Jt retaining management information area for incrementally i2 ^: ^ i alternative stop new management information has been recorded ^^

、用于管^一次写入记录区上"J^f^替换:^止处理的替换^i止管理信息,该数据 On a write-once recording area pipe ^ "J ^ f ^ Alternatively: ^ ^ I replacement stopper stop processing management information, the data

记綠置包括: Green note comprises:

数振写部分,用于将写数据写AJijie^L介质上; Number of vibration write section for writing the write data on L medium AJijie ^;

iikiih确认部分,用于产生关于在用于将写数据写A^主数据区中的数据写请求 iikiih confirmation section for generating a main data area on the write data for the write request to write A ^

中指定的^kAh是否已经记录了^t据的确定结果; Whether specified in the ^ kAh ^ t have been recorded, according to the result of the determination;

信息确定部分,用于产生关t^换i^止管理信息是否可以净^^新的确定结果; Information determining portion for generating the switch-t ^ i ^ stopper change management information whether the new net ^^ determination result;

以及 as well as

控制部分,用于: A control section for:

如果^iit确认部分产生指示在数据写请求中指定的地址上没有记录数据的确定结果,那么控制数据写部分以在所iiAiih上记录写数据;和 If ^ iit confirmation portion generates data indicative of the write data is not recorded on the address specified in the request determination result, the control section to write data in the write data on the recording iiAiih; and

如^i^止确认部分产生指示在该i^止上已经记录了数据的确定结果以及信息确定部分产生指示替换i^止管理信息可以禎Jl新的确定结果,那么扭^^换i4iiL处理,以设置写目标区作为替换目标源区,该写目标区通过数据写请求中指定的地Abf示识作为包括在一次写入记录区中的部分区,^i殳置M在于主数据区中的多^分区当中选,替换区作为替换目标置换区,控制数据写部分以将才»数据写请求而要被记录的写数粉e^'j替换目标置换区中,并更^f^换^iit管理信息,以"f錄替换^ih管理信息中包^f言息作为表^i亥替换^ki止处理的信息。 The ^ i ^ stop confirming portion is generated i ^ indicates the determination result data has been recorded and the information on the stop determination section generates a determination result indicating the replacement of a new management information may i ^ stop of Jl Chen, then twist ^^ i4iiL change process, to set the target zone as a replacement writing the source region, the target region of the write data by the write request is specified as the identification Abf illustrates part region comprising a write-once recording area, ^ i Shu wherein M is set in the main data area multi ^ partition which is selected, the replacement area as a replacement replacement area, the control data write section to only »data writing request to be recorded, the number of write powder e ^ 'j a replacement replacement area, and more ^ F ^ change ^ iit management information to "f ^ ih replacement management information recorded in the information packet of information words Alternatively ^ f ^ ki ^ i as a table stopper Hai process.

才財居本发明的数称己綠置,在一次写入记录区中的写目标区是缺陷区时,控制部分^e缺陷区的替换iikJt止处理以设置缺陷写目标区作为替换目标源区,并设置^4在于主数据区中的多#分区当中选#^替换区作为替换目标置换区;并更新替换i^kJt止管理信息以包括表示缺陷区替换i^止处理的信息。 Population in the present invention was Choi said green has set, the write target area in the write-once recording area is a defective area, the control section iikJt e ^ defective area replacement process to stop Defect write target region as a replacement source and set ^ 4 wherein the main data area is selected from among multiple partitions # ^ # permutation replacement area as a replacement area; and i ^ kJt stop update replacement management information includes information indicating a defective area replacement I ^ stop processing.

才M居本发明的实施例的数称己M置,替换^i止管理信息包括关于记f^主数据区中的主数據的连续记录范围的连续记录范围信息,以^it过"ftffi该连续记录范围信息,控制部分在主数据区中选择用i^^换;4iil:处理的替换目标置换区。 M UN only embodiment of the present invention has M number of said counter, replacement management information includes a stopper ^ i f ^ note on the sequential recording range sequential recording range information main data in the main data area, to ^ it too "ftffi the sequential recording range information, the control section selects the change with i ^^ main data area; 4iil: a replacement process of the replacement region.

才Nt本发明的数銜己f^置,通过4狄包括在连续记录范围信息中的附录记录点信息,控制部分在主数据区中选择用f^换^iilJt理的替换目标置换区。 Only the number Nt of the present invention have f ^ title set, including supplements through 4 Di point information recorded in the sequential recording range information, the control section selects a replacement region replaced by f ^ ^ iilJt change processing in the main data area.

才娥本发明的数粉己綠置,才缺关于附录记泉泉的附录记氛泉信息,控制部分在主数据区中选择用t^换^iih处理的替换目标置换区,该附录记录点存在于包括涉及替换i(kAh处理的替换目标源区的连续记录范围中。 E was the number of the present invention has a green powder set, referred to in Appendix atmosphere was missing information on the springs referred to in Appendix Quan Quan, the control section selects a transducer ^ T ^ iih a replacement area replacing process in the main data area, the recording spot Appendix Alternatively comprising relates present in I (continuous recording range of a replacement source area kAh treated.

才»本发明的数粉己^置,根据在关于存在于一个连续记录范围或多个连续记录范围中的附录记录点的多条附录记录点信息中的、表示最;t^止的特定附录记录点信息,控制部分在主数据区中选择用t^换i^止处理的替换目标置换区。 Only »powder of the present invention has several ^ set, in accordance with a successive record exists in a plurality of pieces of point information records Appendix Appendix recording point in the range of one or more sequential recording range in representing the most; specific T ^ ending Appendix recording point information, the control section selecting a replacement area replacing transducer I ^ t ^ stop processing in the main data area.

##本发明的数銜己^置,根椐关于存在于不同于包括涉及替换^kJt止处理的替换目标源区的连续记录范围的连续记录范围中的附录记录点的附录记泉泉信息, 控制部分在主数據区中选择用f^^it^理的替换目标置换区。 Number Title ## of the present invention have opposing ^, noted in the Appendix is ​​different from the recording spot comprising continuously recording range sequential recording ranges Alternatively relates ^ KJT stop processing a replacement source area of ​​the appendix information about the presence in mind Quan Quan, a control section selecting a replacement area replacing f ^^ it ^ processing in the main data area.

才娥本发明的数拟己录装置,控制部分在主数据区中设置附加的替换;t4iiL管理信息区,用于递增地记录替换^iih管理信息。 E was the number of the present invention has proposed a recording device, the control of the additional replacement portion provided in the main data area; t4iiL management information area for recording incrementally ^ iih replacement management information.

为具有替换^i止管理信息区而没有预分酉e^妄口区的一次写入记录介质提樹艮据 ^ I having replacement management information retaining zone without pre-separation unitary e ^ jump mouth area write-once recording medium according to mention tree Gen

本发明的数粉谅方法和数称己^^置,所述替^^kAt管理4言息区用于递增地记录替换i^止管理信息以便如上所述更新已经记录的替换地址管理信息。 Number Powder understanding of the present invention, said method have several opposing ^^, ^ ^ KAT for the management information area 4 made for incrementally recording the replacement management information retaining i ^ replacement address management information in order to update already recorded as described above. 对于具有预分酉诚口区的一次写入记录介质,本发明还提供了如下所述的数称己录方法和数船己綠置。 For the number of points having a pre-opening zone of the unitary Cheng write-once recording medium, the present invention provides the following method of the sum of said vessel has been recorded is set green.

##本发明的另一个实施例,提供了一种用于将写数粉己^J'J记录介质上的数氺射己录方法,该记录介质具有一次写入记录区,所述一次写入记录区^Ui午数才射己^其中一次,并包括: ## another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a method for writing write the number of powder exit hexyl hexyl ^ Shui number recorded on the media J'J recording method, the recording medium having a write once recording area, the recording region Ui L ^ hexyl ^ wherein the number of emitted only once, and comprising:

主数据区,数据将被记fJiJ其中以及将从^"l!Jt据;以及 Main data area, the data will be recorded and from which fJiJ ^ "l Jt data;! And

替换i&i止管理信息区,用于递增地记录替换:^止管理信息以i"^^新已经记录的 Alternatively i & i stopper management information area for recording replacement incrementally: management information retaining ^ i "^^ new record has

、用于管S^—次写入记录区上^f亍的替换i4i止处理的替换^Jt止管理信息,该数据记录方法包^#骤: For pipe S ^ - ^ write-once recording area on the right foot of the replacement alternative i4i f stop of Jt ^ stop processing management information, the data recording method of packet # ^ steps of:

在一次写入记录区中设置替换区; Replacement area is provided in the write-once recording area;

如a写目标区中已经记录了数据并J^^4在于替换区中的多^分区当中选择的部分区可用于第一替换:N^止处理,则扭行第一替换i4i止处理以设置写目标区作为替换目标源区,所述写目标区通过it据写i會求中指定的i4i^示识作为包括在一次写入记录区中的部分区,以及设置所选辆部分区作为替换目标置换区; As a write target data has been recorded in the area and the plurality J ^^ 4 wherein the spare area ^ partitions may be selected from among partial areas of the first replacement: N ^ stop processing, the first row twist locking process to set the replacement i4i write a replacement target area as the source region, the write data write target zone by it i is specified in the request identification i4i ^ illustrating a part region comprising a write-once recording area, as well as the selected vehicle portion is provided as a replacement area replacement target area;

如果在写目标区中已经记录数据以及在替换区中不存在可用于第二替换MAh处理的区,则扭行第二替换:l^jb5t理以设置写目标区作为替换目标源区,所述些目标区通过数据写请求中指定的地ii^示识作为包括在一次写入记录区中的部分区,以及iU^^在于主数据区中的多4^分区中选#^一#分区作为替换目标置换区; If the write target data has been recorded in the area and does not exist in the spare area can be used for a second region MAh replacement process, the replacement of the second twist line: l ^ jb5t processing to set a write target zone as a replacement source region, the these target area specified by the data write request to identify as shown II ^ region portion comprising write-once recording area, and wherein the main data area iU ^^ multi selected partition 4 ^ # ^ # partition as a replacement replacement target area;

将才財居数椐写请求而^4皮记录的写数掛己衫)j替换目标置换区中;和 Choi was noted in the number of home ^ a write request to write the number of linked records sheath 4 has shirt) J Replace the target displacement zone; and

更tf^换地址管理信息以使在替换地址管理信息中包4封言息作为表示第一或第二替换i^jh^理的信息。 More tf ^ transducer address management information so that the information packets 4 made in the replacement address management information as information indicating the first or second alternative i ^ jh ^ reasonable.

才娥本发明的数粉己录方法,在一次写入记录区中的写目标区是缺陷区时: Number recording method has only E powder of the present invention, the write target area in the write-once recording area is a defective area:

在执行亍第一替换地址处理的步骤时,^f亍第"-^陷区替换^t狄理,以设置缺陷写目标区作为替换目标源区,^Htj:^4在f^换区中的多转分区中选,一个部分区作为替换目标置换区;和 A first step in the implementation of the right foot of the replacement address processing, first right foot ^ F "- ^ t ^ Di replace defective area management, to set the defective write target area as a replacement source, ^ Htj: ^ 4 ^ change in the F region the multi-turn selected partition, a part of the area as an alternative target displacement zone; and

在执行第二替换地址处理的步骤时,^U亍第二缺陷区替^Ah^理,以设置缺 When performing the second step of the replacement address processing, ^ U right foot second defect management area for ^ Ah ^, to set the missing

陷写目标区作为替换目标源区,并没置^#在于主#1据区中的多^Hp分区中选#^ Write trap target area provide a replacement source, it did not set ^ # # 1 is the main data area in a multi-partition selected # ^ ^ Hp

一转分区作为替换目标置换区。 A turn as a replacement target partition displacement zone.

才Mt本发明的数才射己录方法,替换J4iit管理信息^i舌关于记絲主数据区中的主数据的连续记录范围的连续记录范围信息,并且,在^W亍第二替换i4iiL处理的步骤时,通过^^该连续记录范围信息在主数据区中选#^换目标置换区。 Only the number Mt of the present invention has only exit recording method, the replacement management information J4iit ^ i tongue sequential recording range sequential recording range information on the main data the main data area referred to the filament, and, in a second alternate right foot i4iiL ^ W process when step ^^ through the sequential recording range information in the main data area # ^ transducer selected target displacement zone.

才M本发明的数粉己录方法,在^y亍第二^^换;^iih处理步骤时,通过^^]包括在连续记录范围信息中的附录记录点信息絲主数据区中选##换目标置换区。 Only powder of M recording method of the present invention have, in the right foot ^ y ^^ a second transducer; ^ iih when the processing step by ^^] Appendix ## comprises a selected point information recording area in the main data wire sequential recording range information change the target displacement zone.

才瞎本发明的数粉己录方法,在l^f亍第二替换i^狄理的步骤时,根据关于存在于包括涉^二替换i4i止处理的替换目标源区的连续记录范围中的附录记录点的附录记录点信息,在主数据区中选##换目标置换区。 Only the number of blind powder of the present invention has recording method, when the right foot l ^ f ^ I Di second alternative processing step, according exists in a sequential recording range including interference ^ i4i two alternative stop processing a replacement of the source region Appendix Appendix recording point information recorded points, ## in the main data area selected target displacement zone change.

才»本发明的数谢己录方法,在4^亍第二替换M^止处理的步骤时,#1居关于存在于一个连续记录范围或者多个连续记录范围中的附录记录点的多条附录记氛存、信息当中的、表示最;^i止的特定附录记录点信息,在主数据区中选##换目标置换区。 Only »Xie present invention has a number recording method, the right foot 4 ^ M ^ top dead second alternative steps of the process, ranking # 1 exists in a plurality of continuous recording a recording spot in the appendix or a range of a plurality of sequential recording ranges Appendix atmosphere kept in mind, among the information indicating the most; Appendix specific point information recording ending ^ i, selected in the main data area ## change the target displacement zone.

才娥本发明的数粉己录方法,在^f亍第二选择;Nkiii^:理的步骤时,4財居存在于不同于包括涉^二替换^it^:理的替换目标源区的连续记录范围的连续记录范围中的附录记录点的附录记氛存、信息,在主数据区中选##换目标置换区。 Number recording method has only E powder of the present invention, in the second selection right foot ^ F; Nkiii ^: step of processing, different from the present in a living Choi 4 comprises two alternatively involving ^ ^ it ^: treatment of a replacement source area Appendix atmosphere kept in mind in the recording spot appendix sequential recording range sequential recording ranges of, the information in the main data area ## change the target displacement zone selected.

才財居本发明的数粉己录方法,该数粉己录方法还包括在替换区中设置附力P^换^处理管理区的步骤,该附力c^换;l&止管理信息区用于递增地记录替换;^iil:管理信息。 Only fiscal Population in powder hexyl recording method of the present invention, the number of powder hexyl recording method further comprising the step of attaching the force P ^ transducer ^ process management area provided in the spare area, the attachment force C ^ transducer; l & retaining management information area with to incrementally record replacement; ^ iil: management information.

才»本发明的另一个实施例,提供了用于将写数粉己鬆ij记录介质上的数粉己綠置,该记录介质具有一次写入记录区,所述一次写入记录区^iL许数粉己絲其中一次,并包括: Only »another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a powder for the number of write Number of loose powder has been placed on a green ij recording medium, the recording medium having a write once recording area, the write-once recording area ^ iL Xu wire wherein a number of powder hexyl, and comprising:

主数据区,数据将被记fJ'J其中以及将从l^^5W:据;以及 Main data area, the data will be recorded and from which fJ'J l ^^ 5W: data; and

替换区;和 Replacement area; and

^^换^i止管理4言息区,用于递增地ie^L替换i^止管理信息,以^^J斤已经记录的、用于管S^—次写入记录区上执行的替换34ii^理的替换)4Jat管理信息,该数粉己綠置包括: ^ I ^^ stopper change management information area 4 made, for incrementally replaced i ^ ie ^ L stop management information already recorded in pounds ^^ J for pipe S ^ - alternatively performed on the write-once recording area 34ii ^ reasonable alternative) 4Jat management information, the number of green powder has means comprises:

^t才居写部分,用于将写数据写AJ'Ke^介质上; ^ T ranks only write section for writing the write data on the medium AJ'Ke ^;

^iih确认部分,用于产生关于在用于将写数据写Ai'j主数据区中的数据写请求中指定的地址是否已经记录数据的确定结果; ^ Iih confirmation section for producing a result of determination for the write data in the write data in the main data area Ai'j whether the write address specified in the request data has been recorded;

信息确定部分,用于产生关i^^换^iit管理信息是否肯^t^新的确定结果,以 Information determination section, off i ^^ transducer for generating management information is willing ^ iit ^ t ^ new determination result,

及关于在替换区中是否存在可用"f^换it^止处理的区的确定结果;以及 And determining whether there is an available results for "region of transducer it ^ f ^ stop processing in the replacement area; and

控制部分,用于: A control section for:

如果3^止确认部分产生指示在数据写请求中指定的地址处还没有记录数据的确 If stop confirmation section 3 ^ generated indicating that the write request at the address specified in the data also do not record data

定结果,那么控制数据写部分以在该^At上记录写数据; Determination result, the control data write section to ^ At recorded on the write data;

如^k^止确认部分产生指示在该^iih上已经记录数据的确定结果以及信息确定 The ^ k ^ stop confirming portion is generated indicating that data has been recorded on the determination result and ^ iih determination information

部分产生指示替换i^止管理信息可以^^新的确定结果以及指示在替换区中存在可 Generating indicate the replacement part management information may stop i ^ ^^ new determination result indicating presence in the replacement area

用于替换i^止处理的区的确定结果,则^^^换i^止处理,以设置写目标区作为替换目标源区,该写目标区通过数据写请求中指定的地iiH示识作为包括在一次写入记录区中的部分区,禾^M^i^4在f^换区中的多个部分区当中选择的部分区作为替换目标置换区,控制数据写部分以将才財居数据写请求而^f皮记录的该写数粉己^^ 替换目标置换区中并更^^换^Ah管理信息,以使在替换^it管理信息中包括信息作为表^H亥替换^i止处理的信息。 Means for determining a result of the replacement process i ^ dead zone, the transducer ^^^ i ^ stop process, to set the write target area as a replacement source region of the write data by the write target area specified in the request to identify as shown iiH includes a partial area in the write-once recording area, Wo ^ M ^ i ^ 4 in a plurality of portions f ^ region zone change among the selected portion of the target region as an alternative replacement area, controlling the data write section to home only fiscal ^ f and the data write request of the write number recorded leather powder had a replacement ^^ displacement zone and more ^^ ^ Ah exchange management information, in alternative ^ it so that the management information table includes information as replacement Hai ^ H ^ i stop processing information.

如果i^止确认部分产生指示在该MkAh上已经记录数提的确定结果以及信息确定部分产生指7?:#换地址管理信息可以辆支新的确定结果以及指示在替换区中;f^在可用于替换;t^Jb^理的区的确定结果,则扭/ft^换i4ii处理,以设置写目标区作为替换目标源区,该写目标区通过数据写请求中指定的地ii^示识作为包括在一次写入记录区中的部分区,^i殳置M在于主数据区中的多^NP分区当中选#^部分区作为替换目标置换区,控制数据写部分以将才財居写数据写请求而要被记录的写数称己衫U替换目标置换区中并更l^f^换^ii管理信息,以使在替换J4iit管理信息中包括信息作为表7fri亥替换J4ih处理的信息。 If i ^ stop confirming portion generates an indication on the MkAh been recorded number mentioned determination result and the information determination section generating means 7:? # Transducer address management information may vehicle branched new determination result indicating the replacement area; f ^ in be used to replace; T ^ determination result region Jb ^ reason, the torsion / ft ^ change i4ii processing to set the write target area as a replacement source area, the write target for writing specified in the request to ii. data ^ shown identifying a region including part of the write-once recording area, Shu ^ I wherein M is set in the main data area multi ^ # ^ is selected from among the NP partition partial area as a replacement area replacing the control data to the write section ranks only fiscal number, the write data write request to be recorded is referred hexyl shirt U replacement target displacement zone and more l ^ f ^ transducer ^ ii management information so included in the replacement J4iit management information in the information replacement J4ih processing as a table 7fri Hai of information.

才娥本发明的数粉己录装置,在一次写入记录区中的写目标区是缺陷区时,控制部分: Only the number of recording apparatus have E powder of the present invention, the write target area in the write-once recording area is a defective area, the control section:

如果信息确定部分产生指示替换i^止管理信息可以4^i斤的确定结果以及指示在替换区中存在可用于缺陷区的替换^JtjUt理的区的确定结果,则衫"*陷区的替换^iih处理,以设置缺陷写目标区作为替换目标源区,齐i殳置^^在"f^换区中的多转分区当中选辆部分区作为替换目标置换区,更^f^miiL管理信息以包括指示该缺陷区替换iiiiL^理的信息;以及 If the information determining section generates indicate the replacement I ^ stop management information may be 4 ^ i pounds determination result indicating the replacement may be used for defect area exists in the spare area ^ determination result region JtjUt reason, the shirt "* Alternatively trap region ^ iih processing to set the defective write-target area as a replacement source area, Shu Qi i ^^ multi-turn counter partition "f ^ change region among the region selected vehicle portion as a replacement replacement region, more management ^ f ^ miiL iiiiL ^ replacement information management information to include information indicating that the defective area; and

如果信息确定部分产生指示替换^t止管理信息可以净A^新的确定结果以及指示在替换区中不存在可用于缺陷区的替换i^止处理的区的确定结果,则^lf亍缺陷区的替换itkAt^理,以iiX缺陷写目标区作为替换目标源区,^^Hl^在于主数据区 If the information determining section generates indicate the replacement ^ t stop management information can net A ^ new determination result indicating Alternatively i may be used for the defective area does not exist in the spare area ^ determination result area, stop processing, the ^ LF right foot defective area itkAt ^ replacement processing to write defect iiX target area as a replacement source area, ^^ Hl ^ wherein the main data area

中的多转分区当中选#6々部分区作为替换目标置换区,更^f^换iii止管理信息以包括表^i亥缺陷区替换^iit处理的信息。 The multi-turn selected from among the partition # 6々 partial area as a replacement area replacing more transducer iii stop ^ f ^ management information table includes information ^ i ^ iit Hai defective area replacement process.

才財居本发明的数粉e^置,替换^^止管理信息包括关于记a主数据区中的 Population in only Choi powder opposing ^ e invention, the replacement management information includes information on stop ^^ a main data area referred to in

主数据的连续i谅范围的连续记录范围信息以^it过使用该连续记录范围信息,控 I understanding continuous range sequential recording range information main data to ^ it by using the sequential recording range information, the control

制部分在缺陷区的替换i^止处理中选择主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 Processing system stop portion ^ select a replacement replacement area in the main data area in the replacement of the defective area i.

才M居本发明的数粉己;^置,通幼M包括在连续记录范围信息中的附录记录 M was the number of living powder already present invention; ^ home, including supplements through M immature recorded sequential recording range information

点信息^j^缺陷区的替换iWt理中选择主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 Alternatively iWt point information ^ J ^ defect management zone select a replacement replacement area in the main data area.

才財居本发明的数粉己M置,#^关于^^在于包括涉及缺陷区的替换地址处理 Population in only Choi powder of the present invention have opposing M, # ^ ^^ comprising replacement address on the defective area relates to a process

的替换目标源区的连续记录范围中的附录记录点的附录记录点信息,控制部分在缺 Appendices Appendix recording point information recorded in a sequential recording range point of a replacement source area, the control section in the absence

陷区的替换^i止处理中选捧主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 ^ I trap replacement area stopper holding a replacement process selected replacement area in the main data area.

才娥本发明的lt4ti己^^置,根提关于存在于一个连续记录范闺中或多个连续 E ^^ lt4ti only hexyl opposite invention, present in roots put on a continuous recording range or a plurality of consecutive Gui

记录范围中的附录记录点的多条附录记氛#、信息当中的、表示最;U4i止的特定附录 Appendix recording dots recorded in a plurality of ranges in mind Appendix # atmosphere, among the information indicating the most; specific appendix ending U4i

记泉泉信息,控制部分在缺陷区的替换Milt处理中选择主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 Quan Quan information in mind, the control section selects a replacement replacement area in the main data area in alternative Milt processing defective area.

才»本发明的翁:粉己^^置,##存在于不同于包4舌涉M陷区的替换^i止处理的替换目标源区的连续记录范围的连续记录范围中的附录记录点的附录记泉泉信息,控制部分在缺陷区替换:t^止处理中选择主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 Appendix recording spot continuously recording range sequential recording ranges ^^ powder has set, ## present in the packet is different from the related tongue 4 M ^ i replace defective area of ​​the stop processing of a replacement source area: only »Weng invention Appendix Quan Quan information in mind, the control section in the defective area replacement: t ^ stop select a replacement process replacement area in the main data area.

才»本发明的数粉己M置,控制部分在缺陷区的替换i^止处理中的主数据区 Only »M number of powder has opposing the present invention, the control section replacing defective area i ^ in the main data area of ​​the stopper Processing

中设置附加的替换^ilt管理信息区,其用于递增地记录缺陷区的替换;1&止管理信息 Provided additional alternative ^ ilt management information area for incrementally recording area replacing the defect; 1 & stopper management information

除了数粉己录方法^lt粉己f^置,本发明还提供了数据再J肪法和数据再现装置。 In addition to the number of powder recording method has been f ^ ^ lt powder is set, the present invention also provides a method and data re-J fatty data reproducing apparatus.

仍淑tt本发明的另一个实施例,提^供了一种数据再现方法,用于再5^自于记录介质的数据,该记录介质具有一次写入记录区,所述一次写入记录区^ut许将 Shu tt still another embodiment of the present invention, mention ^ provide a data reproducing method for reproducing data from ^ 5 to a recording medium, the recording medium having a write-once recording area, the write-once recording area ^ ut Xu will

数掛己^其中一次,并包括: Wherein a number of hanging ^ cyclohexyl, and comprising:

主数据区,数据将被记fJ'j其中以及将从^^Ejyt据;以及 Main data area, the data will be recorded and from which fJ'j ^^ Ejyt data; and

替^i止管理信息区,用于递增地^^L替换;&止管理信息,以侵i新已经记录的、用于管a^—次写入记录区上^f亍的替换^i止处理的替换^i止管理信息,其中,替换地址管理信息包括关于记#主数据区中的主数据的连续记录范围的连续记 I ^ for retaining management information area for incrementally replaced ^^ L; & stopper management information already recorded in the new invasion i for tube a ^ - write-once recording area on the right foot of ^ f ^ i replace dead ^ i stopper replacement process management information, wherein the management information includes replacement address on consecutive record sequential recording range of main data in the main data area referred to # of

录范围信息,该数据再现方法包^^骤: Recording range information, the data reproducing method packets ^^ steps of:

当接^lj用于MA数据区读出数据的数滅请求时,通过参考连续记录范围信息,产生关于在数«请求中指定的地址上是否已经记录数据的记录状态确定结果 When connected to the data area MA ^ lj for the number of read data off request, by referring to the sequential recording range information, generating on whether the data recording state on the specified number of «address request determination result

如果记录状态确定结果指示在该地址处已经记录数据,那么由于已经在先前的数据写请求中指定了地址的事实,产生该地址是否被通过使用替换地址管理信息而作为替换目标源地址管理的替换状态确定结果。 If the recording state determination result indicates that the data has been recorded at the address, then since been written in the request in the previous data of the fact that the address is specified, generating a replacement if the address by using the replacement address management information as a replacement source address management state determination result.

如果替换状态确定结果指示在数旨请求中地扯没有被通过用)替换地址管理 If the determination result indicating the replacement state to pull the number of requests is not aimed by treatment with) the replacement address management

信息而作为替换目标源地址管理,那么从该地址读出数据;和 Alternatively the target information management source address, then the read data from the address; and

如果替换状态确定结果指示数据请求中指定的地址被通过使用替换地址处理信息而作为替换目标源地址管理,那么通过视同替换地址处理信息,从被作为替换 If the determination result indicating the replacement state data request by using the address specified in the replacement address information as the process target source address management Alternatively, the replacement address information by processing regarded, from the alternatively

目标源地址的替换目标置换地址中读出数据。 Objective The objective of replacing the source address of the replacement address data is read.

根据本发明的实施例,提供了一种用于从记录介质再现数据的数据再现装置, According to an embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a data reproducing method for reproducing data from the recording medium apparatus,

该记录介质具有一次写入记录区,所述一次写入记录区仅允许将数据记录其中一次,并包括: The write-once recording medium having a recording area, the write-once recording area in which data is recorded only allowed once, and comprising:

主数據区,数据将被记录到其中以及将从其再现数椐;以及替换舰管理信息区,用于递增地记录替换地址管理信息,以便更新已经记录的、用于管理一次写入记录区上执行的替换地址管理信息,其中替换地址管理信息包括关于记录在主数据区中的主数据的连续记录范围的连续记录范围信息,该数据再现装置包括: A main data area where data is recorded into and reproduced from which the number noted; and ship replacement management information area for recording management information of the replacement address incrementally, in order to update already recorded, a recording area for managing the write once replacement address management information, wherein the replacement address management information includes sequential recording range sequential recording range information on the main data recorded in the main data area, the data reproducing apparatus comprising executing:

数据读部分,用于从记录介质读出数据; A data read section for reading data from the recording medium;

第一地址确认部分,用于参照替换地址管理信息,产生关于在用于从主数据区再现数据的数据读请求中指定的地扯处是否已经记录数悟的记录状态确定结果; 第二地址确认部分,用于由于在先前的数据写请求中已经指定地址的事实,产 A first address confirmation section for referring to the replacement address management information generated about the designated data read request for reproducing data from the main data area to pull the recording state of whether the number of determination results of Wu; a second address confirmation part, due to the fact that the previous data write request has been specified address, producing

生关于在用于从主数椐区再现数据的数据读请求中指定的地址是否被通过使用替换地址管理信息而被作为替换目标源地扯管理的替换状态确定结果; Students regarding the number noted for reproducing the main data area if the data read request address is specified by using the replacement address information is managed as an alternative source to pull replacement state management target determination result;

控制部分,用于控制数据读部分并从下述地址再现数据:如果第一地址确认部分产生记录状态确定结果作为指示在该地址处已经记录数据的结果,以及第二地址确认部分产生替换状态确定结果,作为指示该地址是被通过使用替换体制管理信息而作为替换目标源地扯管理的地址的结果,则为被通过使用地址替换管理信息而作为用于替换目标源地址的替代管理的替换目标置换地址; A control section for controlling the data reading section and the reproducing address data from the following: determining if the first address generating recording state confirmation section as an indication of result data has been recorded at the address, and a second part generating a replacement address confirmation state OK as a result, as an indication that the address system is replaced by using the management information as a result of a replacement source to pull address management, replacement management information is compared by using the address as a replacement for a replacement source address of the alternative management replacement address;

如果第一:如果第一确认部分产生记录状态确定结果,作为指示在该地址处已经记录 If the first: if the result of the determination section generates a first recording state confirmed that, as an indication has been recorded at that address

数据的结果,以第二地址止确认部分产生替换状态确定结果,作为指示该地址不是 Result data to a second address portion generation stop confirmation replacement state determination result as an indication that the address is not

净顿过^^替^址管理信息而作为替换目标源地址管理的地址的结果,则为该地址。 Dayton had net ^ ^ ^ address for management information as a result of a replacement source address management address was the address.

##本发明,! ##this invention,! ^供了一种i己录^"h质,该记录介质具有一次写入记录区,所述一次写入记录区^j^许数才射己f^其中一次,并包括: For i ^ A has recorded ^ "h quality, the recording medium having a write once recording area, the write-once recording area Xu ^ J ^ ^ F number hexyl wherein only one exit, and comprising:

主数据区,数据将被记鬆ij其中以及将从絲iM:据;以及 Main data area, the data will be recorded and from which loose wires ij iM: data; and

替换^iih管理信息区,用于递增地记录替换i&止管理信息以使更新已经记录的、用于管^一次写入记录区上^(/ft^替换:^止处理的替换i^止管理信息。 ^ IIH replacement management information area for recording alternative i & incrementally stop updating management information has been recorded so that, for the write-once recording pipe ^ region ^ (/ ft ^ Replace: ^ ^ I locking processing replacement management stop information.

##本发明的记录介质,主数据区包括用于递增地记录替换;4iit管理信息的附 The recording medium ## according to the present invention, comprising a main data area for recording replacement incrementally; management information attached 4iit

力P^换:l^止管理信息区, P ^ force transducer: l ^ stop area management information,

仍淑»本发明的另一个实施例,提供了一种记录介质,该记录介质具有一次写入记录区,所述一次写入记录区^X许数才射己f^其中一次,并包括: Another still Shu »embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a recording medium, the recording medium having a write-once recording area, the write-once recording area number ^ X Xu only one exit hexyl f ^ wherein, and comprising:

主数据区,数据将被记录到其中以及将从絲王«:据;以及 A main data area where data is recorded into and from the king wire «: data; and

替换:^iit管理j言息区,用于递增地^f:替换i^管理信息以使炎新已经记录的、用于管棘一次写入记录区上"t^f询替换i^止处理的替换:^y:管理信息;以及 Alternatively: ^ iit j words management information area for incrementally ^ f: i ^ replacement management information has been recorded to cause inflammation of the new, for the write-once recording ratchet tube region "t ^ f ^ stop processing inquiry alternative I replacing: ^ y: management information;

替换区, Replacement area,

其中主数據区禾嗜换区都用作用于替换^it止处理的区。 Wherein the main data area Wo tropic regions are used as a transducer ^ stop region replacement process.

才財居本发明的ie^L介质,主替换区包括用于递增地记录所述替换i^止管理信息的附力p^^^^Jt止管^j言息区。 Choi invention only home ie ^ L medium, the primary spare area comprises a p ^^^^ attachment force for incrementally recording the replacement management information retaining i ^ Jt ^ j locking tube made information area.

才»上述的本发明,诸如一次写入型的盘的记录介质具有用于管理替换i^止信息的替才^kJt止管理区,但是可以不包^^射己替换区。 Only »present invention described above, such as a write-once disc having a recording medium for only ^ kJt management area for managing replacement stopper i ^ stop information, but may not have outgoing packet ^^ replacement area. ^il种情况中,为了实现缺陷替换躲处理和数据更新处理,絲下述的技术。 ^ Il case in order to avoid the defect alternation process and the data updating process, the following technical filaments.

*以和已经存在的、用于管理缺陷替换;^iih处理的替换:N^止信息的格^目同 * And to already existing for managing defect replacement; ^ iih replacement process: N ^ ^ mesh grid with stop information

的格i(^供用于管理数据更新处理的替换i^止信息,并且另外,用于管理数据更新 The cell i (^ process for updating the management data for replacing i ^ stop information, and in addition, for managing data update

处理的替换^ki止信息和用于管理缺陷替换^^止处理的替换M^止信息共存t^换J^止 ^ Ki replacement process and stop information for managing defect replacement process of replacing the stop M ^^ ^ ^ T change stop coexistence information stopper ^ J

管理信息中。 Management information.

•作为用于缺陷替换il^止处理和数据更新处理的替换目标置换区,使用在记录介质上的主数据区(或者用户数据区)中选辆位置。 Alternatively il ^ • a replacement area replacing the stop processing and data update processing as a defect, using the main data area (or the user data area) selected vehicle position on the recording medium. 这种位置的例子是连续记 Examples of such positions are consecutive record

录范围(或者4^ii)中的附录记录点。 Appendix recording dots recorded range (or 4 ^ ii) in. 替换目标置换区作为缺陷替换J^t止处理和数据更 Alternatively, as a replacement area replacing the defect J ^ t stop processing data and more

新处理中的目标区的替换。 Replace the target area of ​​the new process.

*为了使i5^/再M^置产生关于在记录介质上的一个J4iiL处是否已经记录数据的确定结杲,为附录记录技术而提供的4^£信息<或者关于连续记录范围的信息)。 * In order to i5 ^ / re M ^ means generates, 4 ^ £ Information <or information on sequential recording range as Appendix recording technique provided on the recording medium at a J4iiL whether recording determination result Gao data). 也就是说假定采用通常为CD和DVD提供的附录记录技术(数据包写技术者递增记录技术)作为记录方法,在产生在一个地址上是否已经记录数悟的确定结果中使用由记录/再现装置来管理采用附录记录方法的记录介质的管理状态的轨道信息。 That is assumed Appendix recording technique typically provides for the CD and a DVD (incremental packet writing technique by recording technique), as the recording method used to produce a determined result on whether the address number recorded in Wu by the recording / reproducing apparatus the track information management to manage the state of Appendix recording method of a recording medium. 通常,关于轨道的信息或者关于连续记录范围的信息仅包括链续记录范围的起始地址,结束地址和附录记录点。 Typically, information about the track or on a continuous recording range includes only a chain continuously recorded start address of the range, and the end address recorded in Appendix point. 在这种附录记录方法的情况中,数据已经被记录在起始地址和在紧接附录记录点之前的地址之间的区中。 In this case the appendix recording method, data has been recorded in the area between the start address and the address immediately before the point of recording appendix. 另一方面,在附录记录点和结束地址之间的区中还没有记录数悟。 On the other hand, in the region between the point and the recording end address appendix has not recorded the number of Wu. 因此,可以建立记录介质的记录和未记录状态到关于轨道的信息的映射,使得记录/再现装置能够产生关于数据在目标地址处是否已经记录数据的确定结果。 Thus, it is possible to establish a recording medium and an unrecorded state of the recording track of the information about the mapping, so that the recording / reproducing apparatus capable of producing a result of determination whether the data has been recorded in the data at the target address.

另外,才娥本发明,诸如一次写入型的盘的记录介质可以具有用于管理替换地址信息的替环地址管理区以及预分S己替换区。 Further, the present invention was E, such as a write-once disc recording medium may have a cyclic address management area and a pre-S points have to manage a replacement area for the replacement address information. 在这种情况中,为了实现缺陷替换地址处理和数据更新处理,采用下述的技术。 In this case, in order to realize the defect alternation address processing and data update processing, using the following techniques.

*以和已经存在的、用于管理缺陷替换地址处理的替换地址信息的格式相同 * Same manner as existing, the replacement address for replacing the defect management information format address processing

的格式来提供用于管理数据更新处理的替换:地址信息,并且另外,以和不包才顿分配替换区的记录介质相同的方式,用于管理数据更新处理的替换地址信息和用于管理缺陷替换地址处理的替换地址信息共存于替换地址管理区中。 Format, to replace the management data updating process: address information, and in addition to, and does not include only Dayton assigned the same manner as the recording medium replacement area for replacing the address information update processing and management data for managing the defect replacement address information of the replacement address processing coexist in the replacement address management area.

•作为用于缺陷替换地址处理和数据更新处理的替换目标置换区,使用在预分配替换区中的多个位置当中选择的位置。 • as for defect replacement address processing and data update processing of a replacement replacement region, using a plurality of positions in a pre-allocated spare area among selected. 当在预斜己替换区中未留下可用的 When the ramp is not left in the pre-hexyl spare area available

选择在记录介质上的主数据区(或者用户数据区)中的位置作为替换目标置换位置。 Select the main data area (or the user data area) on the recording medium as a replacement position of substitution position. 这种位置的例子是扭续记录范围(或者轨道)中的附录记泉泉。 Examples of such positions are twisted continuous recording range (or a track) Appendix referred Quan Quan.

*以和不包预分配替换区的记录介质相同的方式,记录/再现装置在产生 And * not included in the pre-assigned spare area in the same manner as the recording medium, the recording / reproducing apparatus is generated

关于在记录介质上的一个:地址上是否已经记录数据的确定结果中使用在附录记录方 On a recording medium on: determining whether the result of the address data has been recorded on the recording side in Appendix

法中的轨道信息(或者关于连续记录范围的信息)。 Track information (or information on sequential recording ranges) of the method.

如上所述,才緣本发明,诸如一次写入型盘之类的记录介质可以具有用于管理 As described above, the present invention only to the edge, such as a write-once disc recording medium and the like may have to manage

替换地址信息的替换地址管理区,而可以不包才顿分配替换区。 Replacement address information of the replacement address management area, but can not replace the package was allocated Dayton area. 即使在种情况中 Even in the case of

,可以扭肝缺陷替换地址处理和数据更新处理。 , Liver defects can twist the replacement address processing and data updating process. 也就是说,可以通过下述步骤来执 That is, the steps may be performed by

行缺陷替换地址处理和数据更新处理而不需要预分配替换区: Alternatively defective row address processing and data update processing without requiring replacement area pre-allocated:

使用诸如主数据区中的附录记录点之类的主数据区中的所选泽区作为替换目标置换区; Ze using the selected area of ​​the main data area in the main data area or the like appendix recording dots in regions such as the replacement of a replacement;

在产生关于在数据写请求等中指定的地扯是否已经记录数据的确定结果中使用关于轨道的信息<或者关于连续记录范围的信息);和 Generated on the write request is specified in a data pull the like whether the recording data determination result usage information <information on the track or on a continuous recording range); and

在公共的替换J^止信息区中混合用于管理缺陷替换^iit^理的替换^at信息和用于管理数据更新处理的替换i^止信息。 J ^ in a common alternative locking information area managing defects in replacement for replacing mixed IIT ^ ^ ^ AT reasonable information update processing for replacing i ^ stop information management data.

结果,可以获得下述的效果。 As a result, the following effects can be obtained.

第一,在应用等中不再需要提前估if^换区的合ii^寸。 First, the application is no longer required estimation changing if ^ ii ^ inch bonded area in advance. 不再需^配替换区的事实意味着主数据区或者用户数据区的有效利用。 ^ Fact no longer necessary with replacement area implies efficient use of the main data area or the user data area.

第二,利用通iifM通常的文件系纟^y^亍的记录才剁乍,考虑到在盘上记录文件和更新该文件的管理信息的^i乍,可以将拾取器的搜寻距离缩^^足够小的值,用于州if"换^Jt止^f乍以将拾取器移动到替换目标置换区。作为替换,文件的管理信息可以被记^J!]^M该数塘的区中。由此,可以改-|^己录性能。该4支*寸下述情况特别有效,其中替换目标置换^i止是位于在向后的方向上的、与拾取器的当前位置分离的位置上的附录记泉泉。也^U:说,替换目标置换i&止是多个附录记氛泉的地址当中最大的一个。 Second, using a conventional file system through iifM Si ^ y ^ right foot was recorded at first cut, taking into account the log file from the search and update the management information of the file on the disc ^ i at first, the pickup can condensing ^^ sufficiently small value for the state if "transducer ^ Jt ^ f stop at first to move the pickup to the replacement target displacement zone. Alternatively, file management information may be recorded ^ J!] ^ M the number of ponds in the region thereby, it is possible to change - | ^ hexyl recording performance of the four-inch * the following conditions is particularly effective where a replacement replacement ^ i is the current position stop positioned separated in the backward direction, the pickup. Appendix note on Quan Quan also ^ U:., said a replacement is the only replacement i & more spring atmosphere in Appendix remember the address of which the biggest one.

而且,即使由于在先前的写请求中的地址已经枱r测出缺陷的事实,必须从对应于在该先前数据写请求中指定的i^止的替换目标置换i^止读出数据,但是由于拾取器的i^豆的搜寻距离,所以也改善了再现性能。 Further, even if in fact the address of the previous write request has been detected defect table r, must be specified from the corresponding previous data write request is ended i ^ i ^ a replacement replacement stop reading data, but due to i ^ beans seek distance pickup, the reproduction performance is also improved. 该技树下述情^U争别有效,其中替换目标置换^iit是位于和指定i4iibNl同的连续记录范围(或射目同的4iii)中的附录i己录点。 The following situation ^ U tree technique particularly effective contention, which is a replacement replacement ^ iit Appendix i-hexyl and the designated point is recorded sequential recording range with a i4iibNl (or mesh with the exit 4iii) of.

在jtt^上,如果根提关于在不同于包括4J(^数据写处理中指定的地址的替换目标源J4iih的连续记录范围的连续记录范围中的附录记录点的信息,4^##^^止处理的替换目标置换i^止,可以除去由于在某些环境中由应用启动的连续的不必要的数据更新的产生而导致的、为更新存在的替换^it管理信息而不必^^曾力o^换Mk^管理信息的问题。 On JTT ^, if different from the root provide information on continuous recording spot comprising Appendix recording range sequential recording ranges of a replacement source of J4iih. 4J (^ data write processing of the specified address, ^^ ## ^ 4 a replacement stopper replaced i ^ stop processing, in some environments due to the generation of a continuous update of unnecessary data resulting from application launch can be removed, to update the replacement management information exists ^ it was without power ^^ Mk ^ o ^ change problem management information.

另外,不包^^换区的一次写A^:能够实mit据更新功能,同时和原来一才ff呆持与通常的一次写入记录介质以;SJlAM和ROM型记录介质的记f^再现兼容性。 Further, no packet zone change write-once ^^ A ^: It is possible to realize mit updates, while only one original holding stay ff usual write-once recording medium; f SJlAM referred ROM type recording and reproducing medium ^ compatibility. 因此,通常为RAM型盘和ROM型盘提供的文件系统也可^UU于一次写入型光盘而不需粉改硬件和物理格式。 Thus, normally provided for the RAM and ROM type disc type disk file system may also be ^ UU in the write-once optical disc without changing the hardware and the physical format powder.

而且,才Nt上述的本发明,诸如一次写入型盘之类的记录介质可以具有用于管理替换^Jt止信息的替换i^止管理区以及预^g己替换区,在这种情况中,即使预射己替换区中留下的区的尺寸变得不足以用于缺陷替换;t^止处理和^t据更新处理时,也倉,亍这些处理。 Further, the present invention is described above only Nt, a recording medium such as a write-once disc or the like may have a stopper for managing the replacement of Jt ^ i replacement information management area and a pre-locking ^ G ^ hexyl replacement area, in this case , even if the spare area has the pre-shot size remaining area becomes insufficient for defect replacement; t ^ ^ t stop processing and data update processing time, but also positions, these processes right foot.

当在预射己替换区中没有留下可用的区时,也就是,当在缺陷替换地址处理和数据更新处理中所有的预分配替换区被用完时,记录介质上的主数据区(或用户数据区)中的位置选为替换目标置位置。 When the pre-hexyl alternative exit area without leaving available area, i.e., when all the pre-allocated defect replacement area is used up in the replacement address processing and data update processing, the main data area on the recording medium (or ) in the user data area is set a target location as a replacement location. 因此,应用等不必再估计替换区的合适尺寸。 Thus, applications do not have to estimate the proper size of the replacement area.

另外,也不再需射財居对许多的额外数据更新的推测来分配过分R寸的替换区。 In addition, no longer need to shoot a lot of additional fiscal residence of the updated data to allocate excessive speculation R-inch replacement area. 因此,可以高效率地利用主数悟区。 Thus, efficient use of main data region Wu.

目标置换区,可以获得和如上所述的不具有替换区的盘相同的性能改善的錄。 Certain replacement region, can be obtained as described above, and do not have the same disc replacement area recorded improved performance.

不用说,还是在这种情况中,包括替换区的一次写入盘能够实现教据更新功能,同时和原来一才ff械与通常的一次写入记录介质和RAM和ROM型的记录介质的记录再现兼容性。 Needless to say, also in this case, replacement area comprising a write-once disc can be realized according teach updates, while the original was a mechanical ff usual recording medium, the recording medium and the write RAM and a ROM type reproduction compatibility. 因此,通常为一次的RAM型盘和ROM型盘提供的文件系统可以被用于一次写入型光盘,而不需要修改硬件和物理格式。 Thus, normally provided as a ROM and a RAM type disc type disk file system may be used for the write-once type optical disc, without the need to modify the hardware and the physical format.

附图说明 BRIEF DESCRIPTION

A/v参考附图给出的对伊遞实施例的下面描述,本发明的这些和其它目的和特征将变得更加明显,其中: Iraq A / v figures given with reference to the following description of embodiments of delivery, these and other objects and features of the invention will become more apparent, wherein:

图1是表示由本发明的实施例提供的盘的区结构的示意图; FIG 1 is a schematic domain structure provided by an embodiment of the present invention, a disc;

图2是表示才緣该实施例的盘上的管理/控制信息区的示意图; FIG. 2 shows only a disc on the edge of the managed embodiment / schematic view of the control information area;

图3是表示由该实施侈'败供的盘的DMA的示意图; FIG 3 is a schematic diagram showing the embodiment of luxury 'disc DMA failure of supply;

图4是表示由该实施例提供的盘的DDS的内容的示意图; FIG 4 is a schematic diagram showing the contents of the DDS of the disc provided by this embodiment;

图5A到5D是表示TDMA的结构的示意图; 5A to 5D is a diagram showing the structure of the TDMA;

图6A到C是表示由该实施例提供的1DMS更新单元的示意图; 6A to C shows a schematic view of the embodiment 1DMS provided by the update unit;

图7是表示由该实施例提供的递增记录TDMS更新单元的状态的示意图; FIG 7 is a schematic view showing the state of the TDMS update unit increments provided by this embodiment of the record;

图8是表示由该实施例提供的盘的TDDS的示意图; FIG 8 is a schematic diagram of a TDDS of the disc provided by this embodiment;

图9是表示由该实施例提供的盘的TDFL的示意图; 9 is a schematic diagram showing the TDFL disk provided by the embodiment;

图10A和10B是表示由该实施例提供的盘的DOW条目的示意图; 10A and 10B are schematic views showing the DOW entry provided by the embodiment of the disc;

图11A到llC是表示由该实施例提供的iUi的SRR的示意图; 11A to llC is a diagram showing the SRR according iUi provided by the embodiment;

图12是表示由该实施例提供的盘的SRRI的示意图; FIG 12 is a schematic diagram showing the SRRI according to the disc provided by this embodiment;

图13A和13B是表示由该实施例提供的盘的SRRI报头的示意图; 13A and 13B are schematic views showing SRRI header of the disc provided by this embodiment;

图14是表示由该实施例提供的盘的SRR条目的示意图; FIG 14 is a diagram showing the SRR entry provided by the embodiment of the disc;

图15是表示包括IS A树SA的格式的示意图; FIG 15 is a diagram showing a format including IS A tree of SA;

图16;I^示+Wi亥实施例的不包^^换区的格式的示意框图; 图17是表示由该实施例提供的盘的TDMA信息的示意图; 图18是表示##该实施例的盘驱动器的框图; FIG 16; I ^ + a schematic block diagram illustrating the format change region excluding Wi ^^ Hai embodiment; FIG. 17 is a diagram of the TDMA information provided by this embodiment of the plate; FIG. 18 shows the embodiment ## a block diagram of a disk drive;

图19示出了表示才財居该实施例的、将数据写A^具有不包^^换区的格式的盘 FIG. 19 shows a representation of the ranking only fiscal embodiment, the data packet does not have write A ^ ^ ^ disk format change region

上的第一典型处理的法d呈图; Method d on a first exemplary process of FIG form;

图20A和20B是表示应用^f多位的NWA的示意图; 20A and 20B are schematic views showing the NWA ^ f number of applications;

图21A和21B是表示未导致移位的NWA的写操怍的示意图; 21A and 21B is a diagram showing a write operation of shifting the NWA does not result in a schematic ashamed;

图22示出了表示4娥该实施例的、将数据写A^具有不包^^换区的格式的盘 FIG. 22 shows a representation of Io this embodiment 4, the data format does not have write A ^ ^^ packet exchange zone plate

上的第4型处理的流程图; Type 4 is a flowchart of the process;

图23示出了从由该实施例提供的盘读出数据的处理的^f呈图; FIG. FIG. 23 shows a form of reading data from the disc according to the processing provided by this embodiment ^ f;

图24示出了由该实施例提供的、表示盘^r测处理的流程; FIG. 24 illustrates embodiments provided by this embodiment, the disc ^ r represents the flow measurement processing;

图25示出了表示才»该实施例的、将数悟写A5)j具有包^^换区的格式的盘上的第一典型处理的^^呈图; Figure 25 shows a representation only »this embodiment, the number of write Wu A5) j ^^ having a first exemplary process of changing the area of ​​the disc package format ^^ FIG form;

图26示出了表示才娥该实施例的、将数据写X^具有包^^换区的格式的盘上的第jL^型处理的'a^呈图。 Figure 26 shows a representation of Io this embodiment only, write data having a first X ^ jL ^ ^^ type packet format on a disc exchange processing zone 'a ^ was FIG.

蔣实施方式 Jiang Embodiment

下面说朋解释了本发明《^供的实施例,所述实施例作为实现M和盘驱动器的实施例,所迷盘驱动器被^^]在记^^置和/或再ifl^置中,作为为该光盘设计的盘驱动器。 The following explains the present invention said Peng "^ for the embodiment of the embodiment examples and embodiments for M disk drives, the disk drive is lost ^^] ^^ set in mind and / or re-centering ^ IFL, as for the design of the optical disc drive. 以下逸',排列的章节: 1:盘结构2: DMA 3: TDMA The following Yi ', chapters arranged: 1: disk structure 2: DMA 3: TDMA

3_1: TDMA结构和TDMS更新单元 3_1: TDMA Structure and TDMS update unit

3-2: TDDS 3-2: TDDS

3-3: TDFL 3-3: TDFL

3-4: SRR和SRRI 3-4: SRR and SRRI

3-5:用于^r有^^换区的^"式的^^y^k^止处理3-6:在不具有替换区的格式中的TDMA和ATDMA 4:盘驱动器结构 3-5: there ^^ a ^ R & lt exchange zone ^ "formula ^^ y ^ k ^ stop process 3-6: 4 TDMA and ATDMA in Format without having a replacement area in: drive structure

5:在不具有替换区时的数粉己录/再m理 5: Number of powder having not been recorded at the replacement area / m and then Li

5-1:数据写处理的第一例子5-2:数据写处理的第二例子5-3:数絲处理 5-1: The first example of the data write processing 5-2: Second Example of Write data processing 5-3: Wire Number Processing

5- 4: ATDMA检测处理 5- 4: ATDMA detection processing

6:涉及替换区的数才射己录/再现处理 6: the number of the replacement area relates to only exit hexyl recording / reproducing processing

6- 1:数据写处理的第一例子6-2:数据写处理的第二例子6-3:数滅处理 6-1: an example of a first data write process 6-2: Second Example 6-3 data write process: OFF Number Processing

7:实施例的^ 1:盘结构 7: Example of embodiment 1 ^: disk structure

首先,解释本实施例提供的絲。 First, to explain the wire according to an embodiment. 该絲可以通过被称为所谓的蓝絲的一次写TOfeJ:实现。 The wire can be a so-called write-once Lansi TOfeJ: implementation. ^4^于高密^J:类。 ^ 4 ^ in density ^ J: class.

该实施例提供的高密^^的-^^物理#|!1^#^下。 This embodiment provides a high density of ^^ - ^^ physical # | 1 ^ # ^ next!.

用120111111的直径和1.2111111的盘厚^4述该实施例提供的光盘。 120 111 111 and by the diameter of the disc thickness 1.2111111 ^ 4 provided in the above embodiment the optical disc. 也,Mi兑,从夕卜观的角絲,本实施例提供的M类似于CD(只读盘)系统的盘和DVD(数字^^舰M)系统的盘。 Also, Mi against, the angle wire concept Bu Xi, M provided in the present embodiment is similar to CD (read-only disc) disc system disk and DVD (Digital ^^ ship M) system.

作为记录/再JJ^t, ^^所谓的蓝g。 As recording / JJ ^ t, ^^ called blue g. 通过^^具有通常0.85的高NA的光学系统、设置通常0.32孩沐的小值的恥1:间距,以及设置通常为0.12孩OK/每f立的高值的行密度,可以实现月于具有12cm的直径的光盘的大约23G字节到25G字节的用户数据絲容量。 ^^ optical system having a high NA is usually 0.85, 0.32 1 shame disposed generally small child Mu value: pitch, and is generally set to 0.12 children OK / high line density value f for each stand can be achieved having month 25G to about 23G bytes bytes of user data capacity of the wire of 12cm diameter disc. . .

而且,还开发了两层盘。 And, also we developed a two-layer disk. 两层J^l具有两^i己^r的M。 Having two two J ^ l ^ r ^ i have the M. 在两层盘的情况中,可以实现大约50G的用户数据容量。 In the case of two-layer disc, the user data capacity can be achieved in about 50G.

图l是示出整个盘的布局(或者区结构)的示意風。 Figure l is a diagram showing the layout (or the area configuration) of the entire disc is a schematic wind.

应当注意的是,在"-^:的系统中,可以l^谦式^^:理以选糾实现图i的(a) 中所示的布局或者图l的(b)中所示的布局。 It should be noted that, in the "- ^: the system can ^^ l ^ Qian formula: Li is selected to achieve the correct layout shown in FIG i, or as shown in Figure l (a), (b) a layout .

在^-~种情况中,Ml的记录区包括在最内侧圓周的引入区、中间圓周的数据区和最外侧圆周的引出区。 In ^ - ~ in the case, the recording region of Ml comprises a lead-in area of ​​the innermost circumference, the middle circumference and the outermost circumference of the data area of ​​the lead-out area.

引入区、数据区和引出区充当如下所述的记^^再现区。 Lead-in area, data area and lead-out area acting as denoted below ^^ reproducing area. 在引入区的最内侧上的预记录信息区PIC^x口、再现区。 Pre-recorded in the innermost lead-in area of ​​the information area PIC ^ x mouth, the reproduction area. 开始于引入区的管理/控制信息区并结束于引出区的区用作仅^5Ui午数悟写入其中一次的一次写入区。 Lead-in area starts at the management / control information area and the lead-out area ends at region as only the number L ^ 5Ui Wu once written therein a write-once area.

在只再现区和一次写入区中,螺放形记录i^ii形成为摆动凹槽。 In the reproduction only area and the write once zone, put-shaped recording spiro i ^ ii wobbling groove is formed. 摆动凹槽充当 Swing grooves act as

^J?l^bt^、的寻^l:理中的寻4^旨示。 ^ J l ^ bt ^, finder ^ l:? ^ 4 treatment in purpose to find shown. 摆动凹槽由此成为"i己录轨逸,其中数才射己录在其M者从其上读出。 Wobbling groove became "i already recorded track Yi, in which the number before the exit thereof already recorded is read out therefrom by M.

应当注意的是,该实施例采用允许数^i己絲凹槽上的M。 It should be noted that this embodiment uses the allowable number i ^ filaments have grooves M. 然而,本发明的范围不局限于具有这种记录4iii的光盘。 However, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the optical disc having such recording 4iii. 例如,本发明还可以应用于采用凸区记录技术的M,由ittjiiti己泉泉两个相邻的凹槽之间的凸区。 For example, the present invention can be applied with M recording technology lands, lands between the ittjiiti two adjacent grooves have Quan Quan. 另外,本发明还可应用于采用凸区/凹槽记录技术的光盘,由^lt粉己恭在凸区和凹槽上。 Further, the present invention is also applicable using an optical disk lands / groove recording technique, the powder had ^ lt Christine on lands and grooves.

另外,在光盘中用作记录M的凹槽具有由摆动信号摆动的形状。 Further, as the recording groove M in the optical disc having wobble signal by the wobble shape. 因此,用于这种光盘的盘驱动器从l謝到凹槽的渗沈泉的^t光束中检测凹槽的两个边缘位置。 Thus, such a disk drive for the optical disc l Xie from both edges of the groove to the retentate Shen Quan ^ t of the light beam detected in the recess. 然后,通过提W^光盘l的径向方向中波动的成分泎为沿着记录^il移动潮克泉的处理中两个ii^j立置的波动,可以再i^I动信号。 Then, by providing a radial direction of the optical disc l ^ W is the fluctuation component of Ze ^ fluctuations in the recording process two upright ii ^ j il movement of tidal grams springs, can then i ^ I actuation signal.

通过关于记录^iUi的记录位置的^t止的信息来调制该摆动信号。 T stop by the information recording position of the iUi ^ ^ modulated on the wobble signal. 关于i^止的信息包才甜勿^ibfp其它的附加信息。 About i ^ stop packets do not only sweet ^ ibfp other additional information. 由此,通萌调摆动信号以产生关于》&止的 Thus, by adjusting the wobble signal to produce sprouting of "& ended

信息,盘驱动器能够控制^iit,在该:^止数据被记«者再现。 Information, the disk drive can be controlled IIT ^, in which: stop data are recorded ^ «are reproduced. 图1所示的引入区是在^24mm半径的内側上的区。 Lead-in area shown in FIG. 1 is a region on the inside radius of ^ 24mm.

在引入区中具有22-2mm半径的圆周和具有23.1mm半径的圆周之间的区是预记录信息区PIC。 And the circumferential region between the circumference having a radius of 23.1mm in radius having 22-2mm lead-in area is the pre-recorded information area PIC.

预记录信息区PIC用于^^只再现信息作为凹槽的摆动状态。 Pre-recorded information area PIC is used as a reproduce-only information ^^ state of the wobble groove. 只再现信息包括包才^1信息,例桐己录/再现电源条件、絲l上的区中的信息和用于复制保护的信息。 Reproduction-only information packet including only information ^ 1, Example Tong hexyl recording / reproducing supply conditions, the region on the wire l and information for copy protection. 应当能够注意的是,这些多^f言息还可以记^Ub^:l上作为压印凹;^(embosspit) 等。 It can be noted that these information can be made multi-^ f also referred ^ Ub ^: as a recess on the platen l; ^ (embosspit) and the like.

在一些情况中,图中未示出的BCA(^^中切割区(burst cutting area))可以被ili预记录信息区PIC的内侧上。 In some cases, BCA, not shown in FIG. (^^ cutting area (burst cutting area)) may be pre-recorded on the inner side ili information area PIC of. 在BCA中,通过^^(bumoff)i己絲^4^为光盘l所特有的唯一ID。 In the BCA, by ^^ (bumoff) i ^ 4 ^ cyclohexyl wire unique ID peculiar to the optical disc l. 该唯一ID是以同心圆形状产生的记^^示志以形成^^6l^式的记录数据。 The unique ID is generated by a concentric shape referred ^^ chi shown to form a recording data ^^ 6l ^ formula.

在《1入区中具有23.1mm半径的圓周和具有24.0mm半径的圓周之间的区是管理/控制信息区。 And the circumferential region between the circumference having a radius of 23.1mm "into a zone having a radius of 24.0mm is the management / control information area.

管理/控制信息区具有预定区格式以包括控制数据区、DMA(缺陷管理区)、 TDMA(临时缺陷管理区)、测试写区(OPC)和緩冲区。 Management / control information area having a predetermined format region includes a control data area, DMA (Defect Management Area), the TDMA (temporary defect management area), a test write area (OPC) and a buffer.

包括在管理/控制信息区中的控制数据区用于记录管理/控制信息,诸如盘类型、狄寸、J^、层结构、信道位狄、BCA信息、传itit率、数据区位置信息、记^11朽己录/再»^功率信息等。 Included in the management / control data zone in the information area for recording management / control information such as disc type, Di inch, J ^, the layer structure, channel bit Di, the BCA information, transfer itit rate, data zone position information, denoted ^ 11 has decayed recording / re »^ power information.

包括在管理/控制信息区中的测"^^区(OPC)用于在设置诸如于记录/再iM Included in the management / control information area measurement "^^ area (OPC) is used as provided in the recording / iM

理中^^l的^^力^^类的数粉己录/再现^f牛中^^亍的式验写处理。 The number of physical force ^^ ^^ ^^ L of class powder has a recording / reproducing ^ f ^^ right foot in cattle Formula test writing process. 也^|_说, 测试写区^),銜己录/再现条f牛的区。 Also ^ | _ said test write area ^), the title has been recording / reproducing strip f cattle area.

在通常的光盘的情况中,包括在管理/控制信息区中的DMA用于记录用于管理缺陷的替换MAt管理信息。 In the case of an ordinary optical disk, included in the management / control information area of ​​the DMA for recording replacement management information for managing MAt defects. 在盘系乡^4页域中,DMA称作缺陷管理区。 Disc based rural ^ 4 domain, DMA called defect management area. 然而,林实施例提供的一次写70t盘的情况中,DMA不仅用于记录缺陷的替换地址管理信息而皿用于记录用于^f亍光盘中的数据更新的管理/控制信息。 However, the implementation of the write-once Lin 70t provided in the disc, only the DMA replacement address for recording defect management information for recording data for the dish right foot ^ f updated disc management / control information. 因此,DMA具有盘管理区的功能。 Thus, DMA has the function of the disk management area.

另外,为了使得通过"f^l替换i^止处理^ii行数据更新成为可能,在更新数据时还必须更新DMA的内容。为了更新DMA的内容,提供了TDMA。 替换i4iit管理信息4皮添加和/或记f^TDMA中并且时时净«_新。 记絲TDMA中的最后的(最新的)替换:M^止管理信息最^4皮传it^DMA。 将在后面^W^DMA和TDMA。 Further, in order to make through "f ^ l alternative process i ^ ^ ii stop line data may be updated, contents of the DMA must be updated one at the time the update data to update the contents of the DMA, the TDMA provided. Replacement management information is added i4iit sheath 4 and / or write F ^ the TDMA and always clean «_ mind the new yarn in the TDMA last (latest) replace:. M ^ retaining management information most ^ 4 skin pass it ^ DMA will later ^ W ^ DMA and. TDMA.

在引入区夕卜侧具有在24.0到58.0mm的范围中的半径的圓周上的区净M作数据区。 M net area for the data area on the circumference of the lead-in area having a side Bu Xi in the range of 24.0 to 58.0mm in radius. 用户数据实际上被记^J)j该数据区以及被从该数据区再现。 User data is actually credited ^ J) j and the data area is reproduced from the data area. 数据区的起始:N^止ADdts和结;^J^ikADdte^皮包括在记絲前述控制数据区中的数据区位置信息中。 Starting data area: N ^ ADdts and stop junction; ^ J ^ ikADdte ^ sheath includes a data area in a position referred to wire the control information in the data area.

在图l的(a)中,是表示其中在数据区中提供替换区(或备用区)的格式的图。 In the Figure l (a), wherein a is a diagram showing the format of the spare area (or a spare area) in the data area. 扭种情况中,替换区被设置^Jt据区的最内侧圆周上的ISA(内寺洛用区)和数据区的最夕卜侧圓周上的OSA(夕h^^用区)。 Torsional case, the replacement area is provided, according to the OSA ^ Jt (h ^^ region for evening) on ​​the outermost Xi ISA (Los with the temple area) on the inner circumference of the data area and the region most Bu circumferential side. 也fM^兑,ISA和OSA的^"个都是在替换i^止处理中使用的替换区以处理缺陷^^换3^Jt狄理以更新已经记^M上的数据。 Also against the fM ^, ISA, and the OSA ^ "is a spare area in alternative I ^ stop treatment used to process defects transducer ^^ 3 ^ Jt Di processing to update data has been recorded on the ^ M.

ISAA具有开始于数据区中的赵会位置的预定数量的簇的尺寸的区。 ISAA size of the cluster having a predetermined number of the data area begins Zhao will position area. l簇的尺寸是65,536字节。 l cluster size is 65,536 bytes.

另一方面,OSAA具有从数据区中的i^的位置到内側的预定lt量的簇的尺寸的区。 On the other hand, OSAA size of the cluster having a predetermined amount from the data lt area i ^ to a position inside the area. ISA和OSA的尺寸记^上述的DMA中。 ISA and OSA in mind the size of the DMA ^ above.

还记絲上述的DMA中,才娥用户数据区的起始^iihADus和结^kiihADu漆示用户数據区的位置。 Silk also remember the DMA above, only the starting E ^ iihADus user data area and the junction ^ kiihADu paint shows the position of the user data area.

另一方面,在图l的(b)中,絲示在数据区中未设置替换区(或者备用区)的格式的图。 On the other hand, in FIG. L, (B), the wire not shown in the data area format of FIG spare area (or a spare area) is provided. ^it种情况中,几乎数据区的肿区都用作用户数据区。 ^ cases it almost swollen area data area used as a user data area. 然而,可以在数据区的结^^产^ATOMA(附加的TDMA)。 However, production ^ ATOMA (additional TDMA) ^^ junction in the data area. 应当注意的是,在图l的(a)中所示的布 It should be noted that the arrangement shown in Figure l (a),

局的情况中,可以在OSA中产生ATDMA。 Bureau of the case can be generated ATDMA in the OSA.

ATDMA^附加^:供到管理/控制信息区中的TDMA的区。 Additional ATDMA ^ ^: supplied to the management / control information area of ​​the TDMA region. 如果用于更#條换Miit管理信息的TDMA^^完,那么用于更tf^换:N^止管理信息的ArDMA可以被用作1DMA的自。 If more TDMA # article for management information exchange Miit ^^ finished, then change to more tf ^: N ^ ArDMA stopper may be used as management information from 1DMA.

在图l的(b)中所示的格式的情况中,没有提供ISA^OSA。 In the format shown in (b) in Figure l, there is no offer ISA ^ OSA. 因此,在上iiDMA 中,ISA^OSA的尺寸:tN皮设置为0。 Thus, in the iiDMA, ISA ^ OSA size: tN 0 to skin.

用户^t据区的^立置,也fM^^kiihADus,和数据区的^i会^Jt止ADdts—致。 Li ^ t ^ user data area is set, also fM ^^ kiihADus, and the data area of ​​Jt ^ ^ I will stop ADdts- actuator. 如^?殳有提供AIDMA,那么用户数据区的结库J4iiADue和数据区的结束i^止ADdte 一致。 As ^? Shu has provided AIDMA, then knot the end of the data area of ​​the library J4iiADue and user data area i ^ stop ADdte consistent. 另一方面,如果4^供了ATDMA,那么用户数據区的结声J^止ADue和紧接在扁MA之前的躲一致。 On the other hand, if the ATDMA for ^ 4, then the sound of the user data area junction J ^ and immediately before stop ADue flat MA hide the same.

在图1的(a)中所示的格式或者在图1的(b)中所示的格式的情况中,在数据区外侧的、具有58.0到58.5111111的范围的半径的圓周上的区^1:引出区。 Format shown in FIG. 1 (a) or, in the format shown in (b) in FIG. 1, outside the data area, the area having a radius of a circumference of 58.0 to 58.5111111 ^ 1 : lead-out area. 引出区是具有预定格式的管理/控制信息区,以包括控制数据区、DMA和緩冲区。 Lead-out area having a predetermined format is the management / control information area, to include a control data area, DMA, and buffers. 更像包括在引入区中的控制数据区,引出区的控制数据区用于务f诸不同类的管理/控制信息。 Like comprises a control data zone in the lead-in area, lead-out area of ​​the control data area for various different classes of traffic f management / control information. 用相同的符号,更像^i舌在引入区的DMA,引出区的DMA用作记录ISA的管理信息和OSA 的管理信息的区。 With the same reference numerals, like the tongue ^ i used as the recording ISA DMA in the lead-in area, lead-out area DMA area management information and management information of the OSA.

图2M示管理/控制信息区的典型结构的图。 FIG 2M illustrates management / control information showing a typical configuration area.

如图中所示,除了极义的部^(保留的部分),引入区包括多个区,例如DMA2 、OPC(测^区)、TDMA和DMA1。 As shown, except in a very defined portions ^ (retention portion), the lead-in area comprises a plurality of regions, e.g. DMA2, OPC (test zone ^), TDMA and DMA1. 另一方面,除了^L义的部^0呆留部^^),引出区包4舌多个区,例如DMA3和DMA4。 On the other hand, in addition to the sense of the portion L ^ ^ 0 ^ ^ stay left portion), a plurality of tongue lead-out area 4 the package regions, e.g. DMA3 and DMA4.

应当注意的是,在图中未示出上述控制数梧区。 It should be noted that in the above-mentioned not shown in the control data zone Wu. i^:因为,实际上,例如,控制数据区的"^l^i^]作DMA。由于DMA的结构是本发明的要泉,所以在图中未示出控制教:l居区。 i ^: Because, in fact, for example, the control "^ l ^ i ^ data region] as a DMA since the DMA structure of the present invention is to springs, it is not shown in FIG teaching control:. l home region.

如上所述,引入区和引出区包括四个DMA,即DMA1到DMA4。 As described above, lead-in area and lead-out area including the DMA four, i.e., DMA1 to DMA4. DMA1到DMA 4^""个者財M作记斜目同替换^^止管理信息的区。 DMA1 to DMA 4 ^ "" a person referred to as Choi M swash program area with the replacement management information ^^ stop.

然而,提供TDMA作为用于临时i6^替换J4it管理信息的区,以及每次由于数据更新或者由于缺陷而^ff^换^Jti^b理时,新的替换^kJt止管理信息^it增地记录在TDMA中(或者如果TDMA已经用完则为ATDMA)以更新已经记絲其中的信息。 However, as provided for temporarily i6 ^ TDMA J4it replacement management information area, and because each data update due to a defect or ^ ff ^ ^ Jti ^ b transducer processing, the new replacement management information retaining ^ kJt ^ it by the recorded in the TDMA (or the ATDMA if the TDMA has been used up, compared) to update information has been recorded wherein the filaments.

因此,例如,直到Ml^iif4t(finalize),没有^fMDMA。 Thus, for example, until the Ml ^ iif4t (finalize), no ^ fMDMA. 相反,^ft^换地址处理并M的替换ii^止管理信息添加到TDMA(或者AIDMA)中和/或记絲TDMA(或者如果TDMA已经用完,则为AIMDA)中。 Instead, ^ ft ^ address processing and transducer ii ^ M replacement management information is added to stop TDMA (or AIDMA) and / or filaments referred TDMA (TDMA has been used up or if, compared AIMDA) in. 当絲l净A^if^时,最近记 When the wire net A ^ if ^ l, the last previous

录在TDMA(或ATDMA)上的替换^i止管理信息4皮传送到DMA,以便可以^f封財居 Alternatively recorded in the TDMA (or the ATDMA) of 4 ^ i transdermal delivery stopper management information to the DMA, to be able to seal fiscal UN ^ f

DMA的替换躲处理。 Hide DMA replacement process.

2: DMA 2: DMA

图3A表示记录在引入区和引出区中的DMA的结构图。 3A shows the structure of recording in the lead-in area and lead-out area of ​​the DMA. 该图示出了一般的具有32个簇的尺寸的DMA。 The figure shows a general DMA has a size of 32 clusters. 然而,DMA的尺寸不局限于32 个篌。 However, DMA size is not limited to the 32 musical instrument.

应当注意的是,lm^如上所述的65,536字节。 It should be noted that the above lm ^ 65,536 bytes. 簇是将数粝己彭U盘上的处理的最小单位。 A cluster is the smallest unit of processing on the number of U-Peng coarse hexyl. 扇区或者数提帧是具有2048字节的尺寸的另一种单位。 Sector or another number of lifting frame unit having a size of 2048 bytes. 因此,簇是由32 个扇区或者32个数据帧构成的。 Thus, a cluster composed of 32 sectors or 32 data frames. 在表示用户数据的尺寸时,扇区等于数据帧。 When referring to the size of the user data, the sector equal to the data frame. 然而,扇区是物理数据单位,而数据帧是逻辑数据单位。 However, the sector is a physical data unit, and the data frame is a logical data unit.

给每扇区分配地址。 Assign an address to each sector. 物理扇区地址为PSN(物理扇区号),然而逻辑扇区地扯称为LSN(逻辑扇区号)。 PSN of a physical sector address (physical sector number), however, a logical sector is referred to pull the LSN (logical sector number).

在图3所示的典型结构中,在范围1到32中的簇号被分配给32个簇的每4个簇作为指示DMA中的每个数椐的位置的编号。 In the typical configuration shown in FIG. 3, cluster numbers in the range of 1 to 32 are assigned to each of four clusters 32, as indicated by the number of clusters in a DMA of the location of each number noted. 以簇M达每个数提的尺寸。 M number of clusters for each of the size mentioned. 在这种种情况中,每个数据具有4个簇的尺寸。 In all these cases, each data having a size of four clusters.

在DMA中,簇号1到4标识形成于记录DDS(盘定义结构)的段(segment)的四个簇,其具体描述盘。 In the DMA, cluster number identifying 1-4 formed on the recording the DDS (disc definition structure) of the segment (segment) four clusters, the detailed description thereof disk.

将在后面通过参考图4来描述DDS的内容。 The contents of the DDS described later by referring to FIG. 4. 实际上,由于DDS的尺寸是一个簇, 所以在该段中记录四个相同的DDS。 In fact, since the DDS is one cluster, so that four identical DDS recorded in the segment.

簇号5到8标识形成于记录DFL#1的段的四个簇,其是DFL(缺陷列表)的第一记录区。 Cluster numbers 5 to 8 is formed in the identification of four clusters segment recording DFL # 1, which is the DFL (defect list) in the first recording area. 存储在该缺陷列表中的数據的尺寸是形成关于替换地址的信息的列表的四个蔟。 Size of the data stored in the defect list is a list of information about the formation of the four replacement address nest. 关于替换地址的信息被称为DOW条目或者DFL条目。 Information about the replacement address is called a DOW or DFL entry entry. 将在后面描这些条目 These entries will be described later

簇号9到12标识形成用于记录DFL#2的段的四个篌,其是缺陷列表的第二记录。 Cluster numbers 9 to 12 form four musical instrument identification section for recording DFL # 2, which is a second defect list is recorded.

第二记录区后面是第三以JSJI后的记录区DFL#3到DFL #6,每个记录区都具有四个簇的尺寸。 Behind the second recording area is recorded in the third zone after JSJI DFL # 3 to DFL # 6, each recording region having a size of four clusters. 由簇号29到32标识用于作缺陷列表的第七记录区的四个蔟的段DFL #7。 Four nest by cluster numbers 29 to 32 for identifying a defect list recording area in the seventh paragraph DFL # 7.

从上面的描述明显可见的是,具有32个簇的尺寸的DMA包括七个缺陷列表的记录区,即,DFL#1到DFL #7。 Apparent from the above description that the DMA has a size of 32 clusters includes seven recording areas of defect lists, i.e., DFL # 1 to DFL # 7.

在允许数拟己絲其中一次的一次写入光盘中,这是具有本实施例提供的光盘 In the optical disk of the present embodiment is provided to allow the number of filaments which already proposed a write-once optical disc, which is a

的情况,为了i2^DMA的内容,必须^l^^为"最mt(finalize)"的处理。 Case, in order i2 ^ DMA content must ^ l ^^ as "the most mt (finalize)" processing. ^il种情况中,在七个^f:区DFL弁1到DFL #7中记斜目同的内容。 ^ Il kinds of situations, in seven ^ f: 1 to DFL # 7 in mind inclined mesh with content area DFL Bian.

由于缺陷列表DFL的结构几乎和后面所述的TDMA中的TDFL(临时DFL)的结构一样,所以省略对缺陷列^JDFL的结构的解释。 Since the structure of the defect list DFL of the structure is almost the rear and the TDFL in the TDMA (temporary DFL) is the same, so the explanation is omitted defective columns of ^ JDFL structure.

图4絲示在图3所示的DMA的起泉处记录的DDS的内容的数据结构的图。 A data structure of the contents of the DMA shown in FIG. 4 wire shown in FIG. 3 from the DDS recorded at the springs.

如上所迷,DDS具有一个簇(-65,536字节)的尺寸。 As fans, DDS has a cluster (-65,536 bytes) in size.

在图4的数据结构中,字节0是具有65,536字节的尺寸的DDS的起1的位置。 In the data structure of FIG. 4, since the position of the byte is 0 DDS has a size of 65,536 bytes 1. 字节齡'j表示包括在每个数据内容中的字节的数量。 Byte age 'j denotes the number of bytes comprising the data content of each.

由字节位置0到1指示的两个字节净M作用于记录'T)S,,的字节,其是指^亥l议DDS的DDS标i口l The net effect of M two bytes of the byte positions 0 to 1 indicating the recording 'T) S ,, bytes, which means l ^ Hai the proposed DDS DDS standard port i l

由字节位t指示的一个字节被用作用于记录DDS^式的X^的DDS格式编号 T bits of a byte indicated by byte is used as a recording of the formula X ^ ^ DDS DDS format number of

的字节。 Byte.

由字节位置4到7指示的四个字节被用作用于记录DDS已经^t^新的次数的字节。 Four bytes indicated by the byte position 4 to 7 is used as a new number of bytes has been recorded DDS ^ t ^. DDS已经^L^新的次数称为DDS更新数。 ^ L ^ DDS has called several times to update the new DDS. 应当注意的是,在该实施例中,在最终^f伙理中,替换^^止管理信,y皮附加地写A^DMA本身中,而不是^M于更新DMA 。 It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the final management partners ^ f, the replacement management channel stop ^^, y transdermal additionally write A ^ DMA itself, rather than ^ M in the update DMA. 在被写Wj最^^^l:理中的DMA之前,替换》ikJt止管理信息4^4^在IDMA中。 Wj is written in the most ^^^ l: previous processing of DMA, replacing "ikJt stop 4 ^ 4 ^ management information in the IDMA. 因而,当最^f亍最^f匕处理时,1DMA的TDDS(临时DDS)包含IDDS已经^^新的次数。 Thus, when most ^ f ^ f When most right foot dagger handle, 1DMA the TDDS (temporary DDS) contains IDDS ^^ has a new number. 上述的DDS已经^^新的次^^TDDS已经^^新的次数。 DDS has been above ^^ ^^ TDDS new times already ^^ new number.

由字节位置16到19指示的四个字节被用作用于记^AD—DRV的字节,所述AD一DRV;UDMA中的驱动区的开始物理扇区地扯。 Four bytes indicated by the byte positions 16 to 19 are referred to as ^ AD-DRV bytes, one of said AD DRV; start physical sector in the drive area UDMA tear.

由字节位^24到27指示的四个字节被用作用于记录AI^DFL的字节,所述AD—DFL^DMA中缺陷列表DFL的开始物理扇区地址。 ^ Bits by the byte four bytes 24 to 27 is used as an indication for recording the AI ​​^ byte DFL, the AD-DFL ^ DMA start physical sector address of the defect list DFL.

由字节位3J2到35指示的四个字节被用作用于记录数据区中的用户数据区的开始位置的PSN(物理扇区号或者物理扇区地址)的字节。 Of four bytes to 35 bytes 3J2 bits is used as an indication of the start position of the user data area is recorded PSN of the data area (physical sector number or physical sector address) byte. 数據区中的用户数据区的开始位I^图l中所示的ADus。 Start bit user data area in a data area shown in Figure l ADus I ^. 也^^i兑,这四个字节被用作用于记录指示具机SN(逻辑扇区号)O的位置的PSN(物理扇区号)的字节。 ^^ i also against, the four bytes are used for indicating the recording unit having the SN (logical sector number) O PSN of a location (physical sector number) byte.

由字节位^36到39指示的四个字节被用作用于记录数据区中的用户数悟区的结束位置的LSN的字节。 LSN bytes from the four bytes of the byte ^ 36-39 bits is used as an indication of the end position of the recording of the user data region number Wu zone. 数据区中的用户数椐区的结束位H图l中所示的ADue。 ADue end position H shown in Figure l in the user data area number noted in the zone.

由字节位置40到43指示的四个字节被用作用于记录数椐区中的ISA的尺寸的字节。 Four bytes indicated by the byte positions 40 to 43 are used as bytes for recording the size of the number noted in the ISA region. 在图l的(b)中所示格式的情况中,ISA的尺寸被iM为O。 In Figure l (b) in the case of the format shown in, ISA sized iM is O.

由字节位置44到47指示的四个字节被用作用于记录数据区中的每^OSA的尺寸 Four bytes indicated by the byte positions 44 to 47 are used for each of the size of the recording ^ OSA in the data zone

的字节。 Byte. 在图l的(b)中所示格式的'lt^中,OSA的尺寸被设置为0。 'Lt format shown in FIG. L, (b) ^ in, OSA size is set to zero.

由字节位置48到51指示的四个字节被用作用于记录数提区中的ISA的尺寸的字节。 Four bytes indicated by the byte positions 48 to 51 are used as bytes for recording the size of the ISA in the number of the stripping zone. 该ISAA两层盘的第二层上的ISA。 ISA second layer on the two-layer disc ISAA.

由字节位置52指示的一个字节被用作用于记a示数据是否可以通过^^ISA 或者OSA来更新的备用区全才封^spareareaMflag)的字节。 A byte in a byte position 52 is used as an indication of whether a note display data may be updated by ^^ ISA or OSA spare area rounder sealing ^ spareareaMflag) bytes. 也!6li兌,备用区全标记用于表示ISA和OSA已经净tt全用完。 Too! 6li against the spare area full marks for representing ISA and OSA has been a net tt whole run.

由字节位置5"旨示的一个字节被用作用于记录盘鉴定^i《certification flag)的字节。因此,该字节A^1的鉴别状态。 5 by the byte position "shows byte purpose is used for recording the disc identification ^ i" certification flag) bytes. Thus, the authentication state byte A ^ 1.

由字节位置56到59指示的四个字节被用作用于记M后确认的i&止指示器的字节。 Four bytes indicated by the byte positions 56 to 59 is used as the confirmation note M i & locking indicator byte.

上述字节位置"卜的字节位置被保留(或^t义)并,由^400h填充。 在DMA中,替换iikJt止管理信息被记絲如上所述的数据结构中。然而,如上所 The above-mentioned byte position "Bu byte positions are reserved (or sense ^ t) and, by a ^ 400h fill in the DMA, the replacement management information iikJt stopper wire data structure is referred to as described above. However, as

述,在最^f匕储l的处理中记^il些种类的信息。 He said information storage dagger most ^ f l ^ il of the process referred to some type. 在该处理中,将关"f^换i^止管 In this process, the clearance "f ^ i ^ stopper transducer tube

理的最新信息从TDMA传递到DMA。 The latest management information is transmitted from the TDMA to the DMA.

关于缺陷处理的信息和有关由于数据更新而才似亍的替换itk3止处理的信息4皮记录在下述的1DMA中并不时净A^新。 Information relating to a defective processing and information about the sheath 4 since the data before update of the right foot-like stop itk3 replacement recording process when the net is not new in 1DMA A ^ described below. 3: TDMA 3: TDMA

3-1: TDMA结构和TDMS更新单元 3-1: TDMA Structure and TDMS update unit

下面描述说明如图2所示的、在图1中示出的管理/控制信息区中提供的TDMA 。 The following description explains shown in FIG. 2, shown in FIG. 1 the management / control information area provided in the TDMA. 很^DMA, TDMA(临时DMA)^于,关"f^换;l^止管理的信息的区。当在数据更新或者缺陷检测时^Ut^换^iil^:理时,通iiit增地记录关t^换^i止管理的附加信息来更杀怖MA。 Is ^ DMA, TDMA (temporary DMA) ^ on, off "f ^ transducer; l ^ region information stopper management when detecting the data update or defect ^ Ut ^ transducer ^ iil ^:. When processing, by iiit by the additional information recording off t ^ ^ i change management stop to kill more terror MA.

图5A到5D;^示IDMA的结构的图。 5A to 5D; ^ diagram showing the structure of an IDMA. 如图5A和5B所示,在管理/控制区中提供的TDMA的典型尺寸KM8个簇。 5A and shown, provided in the management / control area KM8 typical size of clusters 5B TDMA.

图5CA^示具有2048个蔟的尺寸的TDMA的结构的图。 FIG TDMA structure shown in FIG. 5CA ^ nest having dimensions of 2048. 然而,图5C中所示的结构对应于如图l的(a)中所示的包^^换区ISA^OSA的格式。 However, the structure shown in FIG. 5C corresponding to the packet shown in Figure l (a), the transducer area ISA ^ OSA ^^ format. 将在后面通过参考图16 ^4苗i^j"应于图1的(b)中所示的格式的TDMA结构。 It will be explained later with reference to FIG 16 ^ 4 seedlings i ^ j "TDMA structure corresponding to the format shown in (b) in FIG.

在TDMA^吾、处的前2个娱,即簇CL0^CL1具有TDMA指示器的功能。 In the first two TDMA ^ I, at entertainment, i.e., having a function of cluster CL0 ^ CL1 TDMA indicator.

蔟CL1AATDMA指示器,当信息第一次记絲ATOMA(附加TDMA)中时,其用于记录包括将在后面描述的最新TDDS(临时盘定X^构)的结构。 Nest CL1AATDMA indicator when the first information is referred Atoma wire (additional TDMA), which is used for recording includes the latest TDDS structure will be described later (temporary disc configuration given X ^) is.

簇CLO;IDMA指示器,当数据被记^^DMA中时,其用于以图3所示的形式记 Cluster CLO; IDMA pointer, when data are recorded ^^ DMA, which is referred to in the form shown in FIG. 3

#^将#面描述的最新10,临时盘管理结构)读取的必^f言息。 The latest ^ # 10, # temporary disc management structure described surface) ^ F will read information made.

利用已经记W^娱CL1中的结构,该簇指示可以^ATDMA读出最新的TDMS。 W ^ structure has been recorded using the CL1 entertainment in the cluster indicating ^ ATDMA can read the latest TDMS.

利用已经记^E簇cLo中的必^f言息,该蔟指示絲i已经4fciif^,并jai:于写 Has been recorded using the cluster cLo ^ E ^ f made of interest shall, indicating that the wire i has been nest 4fciif ^, and jai: the write

保护状态以及可以从DMA读出关于Ml的最新信息。 Protection status and can read the latest information about Ml from the DMA.

蔟CL2至CL2047^^于更新关于光盘l的信息和关"f"t换:^止管理的信息。 CL2 to CL2047 ^^ nest to the update information and Off "f" on the optical disc l t of the transducer: ^ stop information management.

包括关于储l的信息和关于替换:^止管理的信息的结构称作TDMS(临时盘管理结构),这些信息4皮记f^蔟CL2和随后的簇中。 Includes information about a reservoir and on replacement of l: ^ management configuration information is referred to stop a TDMS (temporary disc management structure), the information referred to transdermal ^ F nest CL2 and subsequent clusters 4.

通过以TDMS更新单;till增i^M夸附力口信息记^^JlDMS中来更新TDMS,所述TDMS更新单元每个^^有在范围1到N个篌的尺寸。 By single TDMS update; Till boast attached by i ^ M ^^ JlDMS force referred interface information to update the TDMS, the TDMS update unit having a size range of each ^^ 1 to N in a musical instrument. 在i4^记^^莫^sequential reconiingmode)中,N的值被设置为4。 In i4 ^ ^^ referred Mo ^ sequential reconiingmode), the value of N is set to 4. 妇层盘的情况中,N的值被设置为8。 Layer disc case of women, the value of N is set to 8.

在图5D所示的TDMS的情况中,例如,最初在娱CL2中记录具有1个蔟的尺寸的第一TDMS更新单元。 In the case shown in FIG. 5D TDMS, for example, in the entertainment CL2 initially recorded TDMS update unit having a first dimension in a nest. 然后,在簇CL3中记录具有1个簇的尺寸的第二TDMS更新单元„随后,在簇CL4中记录具有2个簇的尺寸的第三TDMS更新单元。 Then, the recording of the second TDMS update unit having a size of a cluster in the cluster CL3 "Subsequently, in the recording cluster CL4 third TDMS update unit having a size of two clusters.

由于关于光盘l的信息和关于替换i^止管理的信息必须^^新,所以通过不时地如上所iiit增记录另外的TDMS更新单元到后续簇中,而连续地更新TDMS。 Since the information on the optical disc and information on replacement l i ^ ^^ new stop to be managed, so that from time to time by the above iiit recorded by the TDMS update unit further subsequent clusters, continuously updated TDMS. 最新的1DMS更新单;^:记录剖紧接在如下所述的簇之后的簇中:在该簇中,已经记录了紧接着前面的TDMS更新单元。 1DMS latest update unit; ^: a recording section immediately after the cluster of clusters as described below: In the cluster, has been recorded immediately in front of the TDMS update unit.

如果将连续记^^莫式设置为4te该实施例的一次写入盘的记录模式,那么TDMS由三个单it^成,即TDDS(临时盘定:1^构)、TDFL(临时缺陷列表)和SRRI( 连续记录范围信息)。 If the Mohs ^^ consecutive record is set to a write-once disc 4te of the embodiment of the recording mode, the three TDMS into a single IT ^, i.e., the TDDS (temporary disc set: ^ 1 configuration), the TDFL (temporary defect list ) and the SRRI (sequential recording range information). 这些单元总是被记^y目同的TDMA中。 These units are credited ^ y always mesh with the TDMA.

如将在后面^^笛述的,TDDS^]于主^i己录用于TDMS的管理的信息的结构,以及TDFL是示出^^实际的替换:ttkJt止信息的DOW和DFL条目的列表。 As will be described later ^^ flute, TDDS ^] ^ i-hexyl recruited to the main structure of TDMS information to the management and the TDFL are shown actual replacement ^^: ttkJt stop information list DFL entries and DOW. 另一方面,SRRI^记^用户数据区中的SRR(连续记录范围)管理信息。 On the other hand, SRRI ^ ^ remember the user data area of ​​the SRR (sequential recording range) management information. 在该情况中的连续记录范围对应于称为尤其;^CD^DVD的^ii。 Sequential recording range in this case corresponds to a particular called; ^ CD ^ DVD of ^ ii.

图6A到6GI^别表示TDMS更新单元的结构的图。 6A to FIG 6GI ^ each represent a configuration of the TDMS update unit. 每个TDMS更新单元包括具有l个扇区的尺寸的TDDS。 Each TDMS update unit includes a TDDS having dimensions l sectors. TDDS被置于由IDMS更新单元构成的簇中的i^一个扇区(或者絲一个数据帧)中。 I ^ TDDS is placed in a sector (a data frame or wire) by the IDMS update unit configured in a cluster.

如果TDMS更新单元包括TDFL,那么TDFL在TDMS更新单;^A处占据所需的多个扇区(或者多个数据帧)。 If the TDMS update unit includes a TDFL, then the updated TDFL in a single TDMS; ^ A at a plurality of sectors required to occupy (or more data frames).

如果TDMS更新单元包4然RRI,那么SRRI^E于TDMS更新单元的结^1:的多个扇区上。 If the TDMS update unit package 4 and then RRI, then in the TDMS update SRRI ^ E ^ junction unit 1: the plurality of sectors. 胁而言,SRRI在紧接TDDS^前占据所需的多个扇区(或者多个数据帧) 图6A^4示包^SRRI和TDDS的-^:TDMS更新单元的图。 For threat, SRRI occupy a plurality of required sectors (or more data frames) FIG immediately before the TDDS 6A ^ 4 ^ ^ SRRI and the TDDS shown of packet - ^: TDMS update unit of FIG. 该典型TDMS更新单;^"有4的1个簇的尺寸,并JJ^一个扇区(或者絲一个数据帧31)用于记录TDDS。 SRRI具^"M个扇区的尺寸。 The typical TDMS update unit; ^. "A cluster having a size of 4, and JJ ^ a sector (a data frame or wire 31) for recording TDDS SRRI with ^" size of M sectors. A4t?l说,紧接在TDDS之前的M个扇区用于记录SRRI。 A4t? L said, immediately before the TDDS M sectors for recording SRRI. i^M个扇区开始于lt据帧(31-M)而结束于l^居帧30。 i ^ M sectors lt begins data frame (31-M) and ends at 30 frames l ^ home.

由于该-"^的TDMS更新单元不包括TDFL,所以数据帧0到数据帧(30 - MW皮填 Since the - '^ the TDMS update unit does not include a TDFL, so the data frame 0 data frame (30 - MW skin fill

图6B是表示包括TDFL和TDDS的-^TDMS更新单元的图。 6B is a TDFL and the TDDS includes - ^ TDMS update unit of FIG. 该-^:的TDMS更新单it^有-"^:的K个簇的尺寸,并JL^后一个扇区用于记录TDDS。 ^it种情况中,絲一个扇区;^K的数據帧31。如果TDFL具辆个扇区的尺寸,那么在TDMS 更新单元的起始处的N个扇区用于^TDFL。这N个扇区是膽O的数据帧O到叙的数据帧(xl)的范围的数据帧,其中符^_满足下财程的微: The - ^: a TDMS update unit has IT ^ - '^: the size of the K clusters, and the JL ^ sector for recording a TDDS ^ it in case, a silk sector; ^ K data. If the TDFL has a frame 31. the vehicle sector size, then the N sectors at the start of the TDMS update unit for ^ TDFL. these N sectors are data frames O O bladder to the classification of data frames ( XL data range) of the frame, wherein the symbol ^ _ satisfies micro fiscal process:

x=mod(N/32)-l x = mod (N / 32) -l

由于该""^:的TDMS更新单元不包^SRRI,所以数据帧x到数据帧304皮填^ttt 糊ho Since the "" ^: a TDMS update unit does not include ^ SRRI, so the data frame to data frame x ^ TTT paste filling sheath 304 ho

图6C;U^示包括TDFL、 SRRI和TDDS的一般TDMS更新单元的图。 FIG. 6C; U ^ a diagram showing a general TDMS update unit including a TDFL, SRRI and the TDDS. 该一^: TDMS更新单元具有""^的K个簇的尺寸,并JJ^一个扇区用于记录TDDS。 The one ^: TDMS update unit has a "" ^ size of K clusters, and JJ ^ sector for recording a TDDS. 在该情况中,最后一个扇区;I^K的数悟帧31。 In this case, the last sector; I ^ K Wu frame number 31. 如果TDFUPTN个扇区的尺寸,那么在TDMS更新单元的勤会处的N个扇区用于^riDFL。 If the size TDFUPTN sectors, then the ground will be updated in the unit of sectors for TDMS N ^ riDFL. i^N个扇区是M^0的数据帧0 到蔟(Kl)的数据帧(xl)的范围的数据帧。 i ^ N sectors range from 0 to nest (Kl) data frames (XL) of the data frame 0 M ^ data frame.

SRRI具^M个扇区的尺寸。 ^ SRRI has the size of M sectors. 也tUi兌,紧接TDDS之前的M个扇区用于记彩RRI 。 Also tUi against, immediately before the TDDS M sectors in mind for color RRI. i^M个扇区开始于^K的数据帧(31-M)并结束于mK的数据帧30。 Data i ^ M ^ K sectors begins data frame (31-M) and ends at a frame 30 mK.

如果如图所示、在TDFL和SRRI之间剩余区域,那么该区域被填^ttitOOh。 If, as shown, the TDFL and the SRRI between the remaining region, then the region is filled ^ ttitOOh. 应当注意的是,构成TDMS更新单元的簇的数量随TDFL和SRRI的尺寸变化。 It should be noted that the number of clusters constituting the TDMS update unit of the TDFL and the SRRI with the dimensional change. 图7是表示其中已^it增地记录了附加TDMS更新单元的状态的图。 7 is a ^ it which have been recorded by the state in FIG additional TDMS update unit. 例如,首先,递增地记录具有2个簇的尺寸的附加TDMS更新单元并1。 For example, first, incrementally recording additional TDMS update unit having a size of 2 clusters and 1. 然后,递增J4if加附加TDMS更新单元并2、 #3...#x...#y。 Then, add an additional increment J4if TDMS update unit and 2, # 3 ... # x ... # y.

例如,,汰必须更lnDFL、 SRRI或者TDFL和SRRI两者。 For example ,, jig must be more lnDFL, both the TDFL and the SRRI or SRRI. 为了更新TDFL,递增地记录具有图6B所示的'结构的附加TDMS更新单元。 To update the TDFL, incrementally recording additional TDMS update unit having a 'in FIG. 6B configuration shown. 为了更新SRRI,递增地记录具有图6A^斤示的结构的附加TDMS更新单元。 To update the SRRI, the recording is incrementally with FIG. 6A ^ jin additional TDMS update unit illustrated structure. 为了更新TDFL和SRRI两者,递增地记录具有图6C所示的结构的附力PTDMS更新单元。 In order to update both the TDFL and SRRI, the recording incrementally updating unit PTDMS force attachment having the structure shown in FIG. 6C. 如果必须更新SRRI而不是IDFL If you must update the SRRI instead IDFL

,例如,递增地记录的附加TDMS单元具有如图6A^斤示的格式。 , E.g., an additional TDMS incrementally recording unit having 6A ^ jin format shown in FIG.

在图7所示的状态中,TDMS更新单元弁y^J:新的TDMS更新单元。 In the state shown in FIG. 7, the TDMS update unit Bian y ^ J: new TDMS update unit. iW亥图所 iW to FIG Hai

示的,TDMS单元总是包括TDDS。 Illustrated, TDMS unit always includes a TDDS. 因而,包括在TDMS更新单元弁y中的TDDS是有 Accordingly, the TDDS included in the TDMS update unit of y is Bian

效的最新TDDS。 Effect of the latest TDDS.

该最新TDDS指向有效的SRRI和有效的TDFL。 The latest TDDS SRRI points to a valid and effective TDFL.

该例中的TDMS更新单元并y^it增地记录以更新SRRI。 In this embodiment and the TDMS update unit is recorded by y ^ it to update the SRRI. 因此,包括在TDMS 更新单元# y中的最tfTDDS使得包括在TDMS更新单元# y中的SRRIn^为有效的SRRL Thus, most tfTDDS including updating unit # y is updated so that the unit comprising the SRRIn # y ^ in the TDMS in TDMS valid SRRL

而且,如果包括在TDMS更新单元弁x中的TDELmA有效的TDFL,包括在TDMS 更新单元# y中的最lm)DS使得包括在TDMS更新单元# x中的TDFLmA为有效的TDFL。 Furthermore, if included in the update unit Bian x TDELmA effective TDFL in the TDMS, including updating the best cell # y lm) DS # x that includes the updating unit TDFLmA valid TDFL in the TDMS in TDMS.

也f^fc^说,在图5A至ij5D所示的TDMA中的蔟CL2和l^簇中的、不时i秘增记录的TDMS更新单元中,包括在最新TDMS更新单元中的TDDS是有效的最新TDDS ,指向有效的SRRI和有效的TDFL。 F ^ fc ^ also said nest to the TDMA l and CL2 shown in FIG. 5A ij5D in ^ cluster, from time to time by the secret I TDMS update unit records, including the latest TDDS in the TDMS update unit is effective the latest TDDS, the SRRI points to a valid and effective TDFL. 3-2: TDDS 3-2: TDDS

图8^4示记a如Ji^斤述的TDMS更新单元的i^一个扇区中的TDDS(临时盘定M构)的结构的图。 FIG 8 ^ 4 shows a note as described kg TDMS Ji ^ I ^ updating a sector unit in the TDDS (temporary disc configuration given M) of the structure of FIG.

也f;U3兌,TDDS具有等于2048个字节的1个扇区的尺寸。 Also f; U3 against, TDDS has a size equal to 2,048 bytes of one sector. DDS具有类似于在前面参考图44笛述的DMA中的DDS的内容的内容。 DDS has contents similar to the DMA described above with reference to FIG. 44 of the flute in the DDS. 应当注意的是,尽管DDS具有等于65,536个字节的1个蔟的尺寸,如前面参考图4的说明,但是仅仅数据帧O的字节位置O 到5射i^义为DDS的实际内容。 It should be noted that, although the DDS has a size equal to 65,536 bytes in a nest, as previously described with reference to FIG. 4, but only the data frame is O byte positions 5 to exit i ^ O is defined as the actual contents of the DDS. 也iU:说,DDS的实际内^t记a该簇的第一扇区(或者第一数据帧)中。 Also iU: said actual DDS within a first sector of the ^ t remember (or the first data frame) of the cluster of A. 鉴于此,尽管TDDS具有仅仅1个扇区的尺寸,但是在TDDS 中可以,DDS的实际内容。 In view of this, although only a TDDS has a size of one sector, but can be in the TDDS, the actual contents of the DDS.

如上所述,TDDS处于TDMS更新单元的絲一个簇的i^一个扇区中。 As described above, TDDS in the TDMS update unit of one cluster wire i ^ a sector. 因此, 如图8所示,TDDS被记^^數据帧31的字节位置0到2047上。 Thus, as shown in FIG. 8, the TDDS are recorded ^^ data byte positions 0 to 2047 31.

TDDS的字节位置0到53和DDS的字节位置相同。 TDDS byte position 0 to byte position 53 and the DDS is the same. 也ifc^说,在最^ff匕时记录DDS,在记录的DDS中反映最新的TDDS的字节位置0到53的内容。 Also ifc ^ say, DDS recorded at the time of the most ^ ff dagger, reflecting the content of the latest TDDS byte position of 0-53 in the DDS record.

应当注意的是,在DDS和TDDS的字节位置0到53中的字节位置4到7用于^#前面参考图44苗述的DDS"更新数。然而,在TDDS的情况中,^^在字节位置4到7中的信息是TDDS产生计数。而且,彬己絲字节位^24到27的缺陷列表开始PSN^^在0,直到^f亍Ml的关闭处^(closepmcessing)。关闭处理是禁止上述的递增记^t It should be noted that the byte positions in the TDDS and DDS byte positions 0-53 4-7 for the "Update Number DDS ^ # seedlings previously with reference to FIG. 44 described later. However, in the case of the TDDS, ^^ information in byte positions 4 to 7 are TDDS generation count. Furthermore, hexyl wire Bin ^ defect bit bytes 24 to 27 in the beginning of the list 0 PSN ^^, ^ F until the closing of the right foot Ml ^ (closepmcessing). disabling said closing process is referred to increasing ^ t

理的处理。 Reasonable deal.

在关闭处理中,记絲字节位置4到7的TDDS产生计数科己f^字节位i24和 In the shutdown processing, referred wire byte positions TDDS 4 to 7 generation count byte bits Section hexyl f ^ i24 and

27的缺陷列表开始PSN在最刷匕点被^:新TTDDS分别复制到被写ADMA中的DDS 27 PSN defect list start point is at most brush dagger ^: TTDDS are copied to the new ADMA is written in the DDS

的字节位置4到7和字节位I24到27。 The byte positions 4 to 7 and 27 to I24 bits bytes.

TDDS中的字节位置l,024和随后的字节位置用于记f^DDS中不记录的信息。 The TDDS byte position l, 024 and subsequent byte positions referred f ^ for the information not recorded in the DDS.

应当注意的是,在图8所示的TTDDS中,字节位置l,024和te的字节位置的一些内容 It should be noted that, in FIG. 8 TTDDS, some of the content of the byte position byte positions l, 024 and the te

被删除^H叉示出^"i玄实施例的^lf释处J對目关的内容。 ^ H is deleted fork shows ^ "^ lf J i Xuan release at the contents of the embodiments related purposes.

在字节位置1,024处的一个字节用于记录Ml的记录模式。 In one byte at byte position 1,024 for the recording mode Ml. 在字节位置1,032到1,035的四个字节用于记录其中已经记录数据的用户数据区 In the four byte positions 1,032 to 1,035 bytes for recording a user data area where data has already been recorded

的^物理扇区:t^ltPSN。 The physical sector ^: t ^ ltPSN.

在字节位置1,040到1,043的四个字节用于^^ATDMA的尺寸。 In the byte positions 1,040 to 1,043 for four bytes in size ^^ ATDMA. 在字节位置1,120到1,123的四个字节用于记录TDFL的第一簇的第一PSN。 In the four byte positions 1,120 to 1,123 bytes for recording a first PSN of the first cluster of the TDFL. 其后44个字节用于^tlDFL的第二到第八簇的每个的第一PSN。 Thereafter ^ tlDFL 44 bytes for each of a first PSN of the second to eighth clusters. ^J?JTDFL的第一簇的第一PSN到TDFL的第八簇的第一PSN作为^TDFL的它 ^ J? JTDFL first PSN of the first cluster to cluster first PSN of TDFL eighth as ^ TDFL it

们的各自簇的指示器。 Their respective cluster indicator. 如图7所示,指示器用于指示有效的TDFL。 As shown in FIG 7, the indicator for indicating the effective TDFL.

在字节位置1,184到1,187的四个字节用于记录SRRI的第一PSN。 Byte positions 1,184 to 1,187 in the first four bytes for recording a PSN SRRI. 该SRRI的第一 The first SRRI

PSN指向SRRI并被用于指示如图7所示的有^tSRRI。 PSN point and for indicating SRRI shown in FIG. 7 there ^ tSRRI.

字节位置1^16到1^19的四个字节用于记录ISA的下一可用的PSN。 Four bytes byte position 1 ^ 19 ^ 16-1 for recording the next available PSN ISA. 字节位置1,220到1,223的四个字节用于记录OSA的下一可用的PSN。 Four byte positions 1,220 to 1,223 bytes for the next available PSN of the OSA is recorded. 在替换i4i止处理中^^3lSA或者OSA之后,在ISA或者OSA中的下一可用扇区的 After ^^ 3lSA OSA or in the alternative i4i stop process, the ISA or OSA in the next available sector

PSN^^别^^在字节位置1^20到1^23的4个字节或者在字节位置1^20到1,223的4 Do ^^ ^^ PSN of four bytes at byte positions 20 to 1 ^ 1 ^ 23 or byte position in the 41 ^ 20 to 1,223 of the

个字节作为更新。 Bytes as an update.

字节位置1,920到2,048的字节用于4^驱动ID。 Byte positions 1,920 to 2,048 bytes for 4 ^ drive ID.

3-3: TDFL 3-3: TDFL

下面,解释TDFL(临时DFL)的结构。 Next, the structure of the TDFL explained (temporary DFL) is. 如上所述,通it^附加TDMS更新单元中包絲的TOFL来更^TDFL。 TOFL As described above, it ^ through an additional TDMS update unit package in more filaments ^ TDFL.

在图9所示的TDFL结构中,篌号/数提帧号是TDFL中的簇的编号和由该簇号标识的簇中的2,048个字节的扇区的编号。 In the TDFL structure shown in FIG. 9, No. musical instrument / lifting frame number is the number of clusters in the TDFL number by the number of clusters and the cluster identification number in the 2,048-byte sector. 数据帧字节位置是由数据帧号标识的数据帧中的字节位置。 Byte position data frame is a data frame from the data byte position identified by the frame number.

开始于字节位置0的字节的64个字节用于4^苗述TDFL的管理信息的TDFL(临时缺陷列表)l艮头。 TDFL begins at byte position 0 to byte 64 bytes for 4 ^ seedlings said management information of the TDFL (temporary defect list) L Gen head.

包括在TDFli艮头中的TDFL管理信息包括指示该^:TDFL簇的信息、版本号、TDFL更新辨或者TDFL记录/更新数)和指示TDFL的信息块中的条目数量的条目数。 The management information includes a TDFL header includes TDFli Gen indicates that the ^: TDFL cluster information, version number, the number of entries identified TDFL update the number of entries in the TDFL information block or record / update number) indicating the TDFL in. 条目ADOW(数据重写)和DFL条目。 Entry ADOW (rewrite data) and the DFL entry.

字节位置64和随后的字节位置的字节用于^ft缺陷的临时列表。 Temporary list byte at byte position 64 and subsequent byte positions for ^ ft defects. 缺陷的临时列表包括多个4言息块,所述信息块每个者M"有8字节的尺寸。如^N个信息块被包括在该缺陷的临时列表中,则该列表的尺寸因而是Nx8个字节。 Temporary defect list information includes a plurality of blocks of 4 words, each of the information blocks by M "has a size of 8 bytes as ^ N information blocks are included in the temporary list of defects, the size of the list and therefore is Nx8 bytes.

具有8字节的尺寸的信息ibl:—条替^t止信息,充当DOW或者DFL条目。 Having a size of 8 bytes of information ibl: - ^ t stop information for the article, serve as DOW or DFL entry.

Jj^上,DOW条目是和DFL条目相同的替换itki止信息。 On Jj ^, DOW and DFL entries are entries of the same replacement stop itki information. 为了方^^释,DFL条目^:缺陷区的^^y4iih信息,而DOW条目是用于更新^:据的^^itki止信息。 To release ^^ side, the DFL entry ^: ^^ y4iih information of the defect area, and DOW entries are used to update ^: ^^ itki stop data information.

由于实际上以相同的替换i^止处理^tMDOW和DFL条目,所以这些条目可以和缺陷的临时列表中的信息块共存。 Since virtually the same replacement stop i ^ ^ tMDOW and processing DFL entries, these entries can defect list and the temporary block of coexistence.

因而缺陷的临时列4A多个DFL和D0W条目的集合。 And a set of DFL entries D0W temporary defect plurality of columns so 4A. DFL和DOW条目的最大数量在一层盘的情况下^32,759。 The maximum number of DFL and DOW entries in the case of the disc layer ^ 32,759.

^"有8个块的尺寸的临时缺陷列彭f点紧5睹缺陷的临时列表之后。临时缺陷列表终点指示缺陷的临时列表的结束点。与临时缺陷列表终点相同簇中的区被填充数#0,直到该簇的结束。 After ^ "having a size of 8 blocks of the temporary defect list temporary list Peng f point immediately 5 see defects. Temporary defect list end point of a temporary list of end indicator defect. Is the number of filled identical cluster endpoints region and temporary defect list # 0 until the end of the cluster.

图10A^表示充当信息块的8字节的DOW条目的结构的图。 FIG. 10A ^ diagram showing a configuration of DOW entries 8 bytes serving as information blocks. 应当注意的是,DFL 条目具有和DOW条目相同的格式。 It should be noted, DFL entries and DOW entries having the same format.

因此,DOW条目具有64^立的尺寸。 Thus, DOW entries 64 ^ established size. 四位b63到b60用于记录状态l。 B63 to b60 for four recording state l.

28个位b59到b32被用于记录替换目标源地址,即替换目标源簇的第一PSN。 28 bits b59 to b32 are used for recording a replacement source address, i.e., the replacement cluster first PSN target source. 替换目标源地址是这样的地址,其中^t最初,樣该^ii记录了数据,但AJU替换地址处理中的另一位置的岫扯代替。 A replacement source address is the address where ^ t Initially, like the data recording ^ ii, but replacing AJU Xiu address another location in the process instead of pull. 用于^f戈替换目标源地址的地址被称为替换目标置换紙 ^ F Ge address for a replacement source address is called a replacement replacement paper

四个位b31到b2斜ij?l于记录状态2。 Four bits b2 to b31 swash ij? L 2 in the recording state.

28个位b27到bO^^J于记录替换目标置换i^止,即,替换目标置舰的第一PSN 参考图10B如下说明状态l和2的含义。 A first PSN 28 bits b27 reference to FIGS bO ^^ J replaced in a replacement recording stop i ^, i.e., a replacement set ship l meaning and 10B illustrate the state 2 as follows.

均被设置为"0000"的状态1和状态2^示DOW条目(或者DFL条目)是通常的替换舰信息。 Are set to "0000" ^ State 1 and State 2 shown DOW entries (or DFL entry) is generally replaced ship information.

^t常的替换^iih信息的情况中,该条目对应于所^f亍的、#$|替换目标源地i!h^^换目标置换i^止来处理娱的替换i^止处理,所述替换目标源地^jL^^换目标 ^ T ^ where iih normal replacement information, the entry corresponding to the right foot ^ F, # $ | a replacement source to change the target displacement i h ^^ I ^ to stop the processing stop entertainment alternative process I ^,! Alternatively the target source ^ jL ^^ change the target

置换it^止被记絲替换itkJt止信息的条目中。 It ^ is replaced with a replacement entry itkJt stop stop information noted filaments. 也"tt^说,该条目对应于所^^亍的、根,陷的检测更新数据或^^换^iit处理的替换i^止处理。 Also "tt ^ that corresponds to the entry of the right foot ^^, roots, or update data trap detection transducer ^^ ^ iit alternative process i ^ stop process.

在包4^口图l的(a)中所^U的替换区的格式的情况下,替换目标置换;&止鉢上;USA或者OSA中的地扯。 In the case of packet format 4 ^ (a) in the replacement area of ​​the port of FIG. L ^ U, replacing the target displacement; & locking the bowl; USA, or to pull the OSA. 另一方面,在如图l的(b)中所示不包4t^换区的格式的情况下,替换目标置换^i止是在用户数据区中所选桐勺Mk^止。 On the other hand, in FIG. L (b), excluding the case where the format shown 4t ^ exchange zone, a replacement replacement stopper is selected Tong ^ i ^ stop spoon in Mk user data area.

应当注意的是,如将在后面所述的,在某些情况下,即使对于包括在图l的(a) 中所示设置的替换区的格式,也可以通过^^]在用户数据区中的区域耒^Wt^换地址处理。 It should be noted, as will be described later, in some cases,] the user data area in the spare area even for a format including the arrangement shown in (a) in Figure l, and can also ^^ Lei ^ Wt ^ region address change process. 在这些情况中,替换目标置换^^止是在用户数据区中选#^地址。 In these cases, replace the replacement target ^^ only be selected in the user data area # ^ address.

设置为"0000"^"0001,,的状态1和2分别表示条目包括在^^(burst)块替换i^止处理中^J?J的赵会^iit。^i在"0000"和'0010"状态的l和2分别表示条目包括在紋块替换^ii处理中使用的结束地址。 Is set to "0000" ^ "state 0001 ,, 1 and 2 represent the replacement entry comprises ^^ (burst) Processing stop block I ^ ^ J? J Zhao would ^ iit. ^ I in the" 0000 "and" l 0010 "and 2 represent the state entry includes end address of the replacement block used in land ^ ii processing. 该处理是^i史共同处理的多个物您妄续的簇上拟亍的替换W止处理。 This process is more common treatment history were ^ i jump on your right foot continuous proposed replacement cluster W stop treatment.

也f^61说,具有设置在"0000"和'0001"状态的1和2的条目分别包^R作为一个替换目标源簇而共同处理的多^^^续的簇的第一霧的第一PSN^4皮作为一个替换目标置4緣而共同处理的多个物Sii续的簇的第一菜的第一PSN。 F ^ 61 also said entries having set at "0000" and "0001" state 1 and 2, respectively, as a first packet ^ a replacement source cluster and jointly processing a plurality of clusters of the first continuous ^^^ mist R a first PSN of a first PSN ^ dish was a plurality of continuous clusters Sii as an alternative target skin 4 facing the joint edge 4 of the process.

具有设置为"0000"^"0010"状态的1和2的条目分別包^^作为一个替换目标源蔟而共同处理的多^理连续的娱的^一蔟的第一PSN^4皮作为一个替换目标置换蔟而共同处理的多个物理连续的簇的^一簇的第一PSN。 Having set to "0000" ^ "0010" entry states 1 and 2, respectively, as an alternative target ^^ packet source and nest together management process contiguous plurality of entertainment ^ ^ a transdermal first PSN ^ 4 as a nest Alternatively nest and replaced with a plurality of physical targets co-treated continuous clusters ^ cluster first PSN.

通过^JD上述两个条目,即具有分别被设置为"0000"和'0001"的状态1和2的条目与具有分别被设置为"0000"和'0010"的状态1和2的条目,可以对作为替换目标源和置^中的^-个而被共同处理的多个物«续的»^#换:^^止处理。 ^ JD By the above two entries, i.e. having respectively set to "0000" and "0001" and a state having entries 1 and 2 are set to "0000" and "entry 0010" states 1 and 2 may be as an alternative source of the target and in opposing ^ ^ - a plurality of objects to be processed together «continuous» ^ # transducer: ^^ stop processing. 也,Mi兑,为了对作为替换目标源和置换簇中的每一个而被共同处理的多个物您连续的簇执##换^^止处理,不必为每^#换目标源^#换目标置:^^提絲目。 Also, Mi against the order of each object as an alternative to more common to be treated target source and replacement clusters of contiguous clusters that you perform ## ^ ^ change only treatment, need not change the target for each source ^ ^ # # change goal setting: ^^ Tisi head. 相反,需要仅为第一替换目标源和置^^供替换^Jt止信息条目以^t^一个替换目标源和置滅提供另一替换細言息条目。 Rather, it is only a replacement source and a first counter stop ^^ ^ Jt alternate information entries ^ t ^ a source and a replacement set off provides another alternative information entries made fine.

DOW和DFL条目以相同的格式共存在TDFL上。 DOW and DFL entries coexist in the same format on the TDFL. 然而,当4娥本实施例的光盘1 被安;^^不具有数^^换:^狄理能力的装置上时,DOW和DFL条目者问^^释为DFL条目,结果,由于在再现时间读出的簇经受正常的替换^Jt止处理,所以##再现兼容性。 However, when the optical disk 4 E 1 of the present embodiment is safety; ^^ ^^ having no change: device Di ^ when the processing capability, DOW and DFL entry are interpreted as DFL entry Q ^^ result, since the reproduction replacement cluster readout time subjected to normal ^ Jt stop processing, the reproduction compatibility ##.

另外,必须考虑不具有^l块替换i^止处理功能的装置。 In addition, having no need to consider alternative means blocks ^ l i ^ stop processing function. 因此,当在^f^匕时间写DMA时,即当在最^f^时间将最新的TDFL的内紹ADFL中时,必须才»它 Therefore, when the DMA write ^ f ^ dagger in time, that is, when in most ^ f ^ time within introduce ADFL latest TDFL, it is necessary only >> it

们各自的通常替换i^止信息条目,通it^示完成^块替换^t止处理的多个簇来重 Alternatively their respective generally I ^ stop information item shown on completed IT ^ ^ ^ t a plurality of clusters replacement block to re-process stop

^DFL。 ^ DFL. 才娥它们各自的通常替换:^止信息条目,通过表示完成突发块替换it^止处理的多个簇,所有替换J4iit信息蔟的每个樹笛述蔟的通常替换i^止信息,使得即使在不具有^^块替换^iit处理功能的装置的情况下也能保证再现兼容性。 It typically replace their respective E: ^ stop information item, indicating completion of the burst block replacement by IT ^ stop processing a plurality of clusters, all alternatives J4iit tree information of each flute of said nest is typically replaced nest I ^ stop information, such that even in a block having no replacement ^^ ^ iit case where the processing apparatus can guarantee playback compatibility. 3-4: SRR和SRRI 3-4: SRR and SRRI

下面,解鄉RR(连续记录范围)和SRRI(连续记录范围信息)。 Next, a solution of rural RR (sequential recording range) and the SRRI (sequential recording range information). 图11A到11C絲示SRR的结构的图。 FIG diagram showing a configuration of the SRR 11A to 11C wire. SRlU:写入区(或者连续i錄范围),当在才財居本实施例的一次写入盘中采用连续记^^莫式时"f錢该写入区。SRR具有类似于CD上的^Lii的下述特性〈1〉到〈5>。 SRlU: writing area (continuous or i recording range), when only fiscal UN present embodiment uses the write-once disc having a Mohs consecutive record when ^^ "f money on the writing area similar to a CD having .SRR ^ Lii following characteristics <1> to <5>.

〈1〉将数才射己fJij增加的地址方向中的SRR上。 <1> on the number of emitted only have increased address fJij direction SRR. 而且,SRR可以仅具有称为附录记录点(postscript-recoixiing point)的可记录数据:l^止。 Further, SRR may only be referred to in Appendix recording record data points (postscript-recoixiing point) is: l ^ stop. 用作附录记录点的地iiBi 被称为NWA(下一可写A^iit)或者下一可写APSN。 Appendix recording dots as referred to iiBi the NWA (Next Writable A ^ iit) or next writable APSN. SRR的附录记录点因而是在SRR 中剩余的、作为可以记录数据的区的区的^台iikJt止。 Appendix recording SRR point thus remains in the SRR, the area can be recorded as data zone ^ iikJt station stop.

如图11A所示,LRA(^"记f^irt者i^PSN)^SRR中的最后记录的地址。在下面说朋中,记录的地址的意思是其上已经记录数悟的地址。^il种情况中, 可以用下ii4示NWA: As shown in FIG address, LRA (^ "f ^ irt referred to by i ^ PSN) 11A ^ SRR is a last recorded in said below mean Peng, the recorded address is the address which has been recorded on a number of Wu. ^ il case may be illustrated by the following ii4 NWA:

NWA = (ip(LRA/32+l)*32 + l) (LRA邦) NWA = (ip (LRA / 32 + l) * 32 + l) (LRA state)

丽A-SRR的赵合PSN (LRA, 其中ip(N)是小于N的最大整数。 Zhao Li A-SRR engagement PSN (LRA, where IP (N) is the greatest integer less than N.

也,^t^说,如果数才斜皮记鬆'JSRR中,则NWAA紧随包^LRA的簇^蔟的起始地iih(PSN)。 Also, ^ T ^ say, if the number of skin referred to only the swash loose 'JSRR, the packet immediately following the NWAA ^ ^ cluster nest of the LRA origin iih (PSN). 另一方面,如果没有数据被记^JiJSRR中,则NWA被设置在SRR的起始Wh(PSN)。 On the other hand, if no data are recorded ^ JiJSRR, then the NWA is located at the beginning of Wh SRR (PSN).

〈2〉 SRR可以具有两种状态^^一,也Jlfc^说,或者打开状态或者关闭状态。 <2> SRR can have two states ^ ^ a, also said Jlfc ^, or open state or a closed state.

闺11A^^示打开的SRR的图,其是可写入的SRR或者具:fNWA的SRR。 Gui 11A ^^ SRR shown in FIG opening, which is writable or SRR having: fNWA the SRR. 另一方面,图11B^示关闭的SRR的图,其是不能写入的SRRil者不具;l7^WA的SRR On the other hand, FIG. 11B ^ closed SRR shown in FIG, SRRil which is not written by non; l7 ^ WA and SRR

〈3>在盘上射5打开的SRR的处理称为保留SRR的处理。 SRR process <3> in the exit opening 5 on the disc is referred to as processing reserved SRR. 另一方面,将打开的SRR 的状态变为关闭的状态的处理称为关闭SRR的处理。 Processing the other hand, the state of open SRR to the closed state is referred to as a process of closing the SRR.

〈4>高达7927的最大值的多个SRR可以存在于盘上。 <4> 7927 up to the maximum of the plurality of SRR may be present on the disc. 存在于^lL的SRR可以包括高达16^Hr"个^r有打开状态的SRR。 〈5>可以以任意的^^任意^Wt据将^^皮写入的SRR。 ^ LL present in the SRR may include up to 16 ^ Hr "a ^ r has opened state SRR. <5> may be any arbitrary ^^ ^^ SRR ^ Wt data will be written skin.

根据使用JSRR的实际方法,在将文件数粉己鬆iJMl上^^,通#文件数据的正向方向上射己文件系统的管理区和将文件系统的管理信息记^^处理区中来保留打开的SRR。 The actual method of JSRR, on the number of files already loose powder iJMl ^^, the file management system has emitted forward direction through # file data and file system management area information referred ^^ treatment zone to preserve open SRR.

图1 l(c)是表示以连续记斜莫式将数粉己絲其上的盘的示例布局的图。 FIG. 1 l (c) is a diagram showing a layout example of FIG swash plate to consecutive record the number of the powder has a Mohs wire thereon.

在光盘l, 4上,SRR,即SRR射到SRR #4存在。 In the optical disk l, the 4, SRR, i.e. SRR SRR # 4 is irradiated exists. SRR#1、 SRR弁3和SRR 弁4^—个都是打开的SRR,而SRR粒是关闭的SRR。 SRR # 1, SRR and the SRR Bian Bian 3 ^ 4 - one are open SRR, the closed SRR is an SRR particles.

因此,分别在SRR射、.SRRJ3和SRR #4的下一可写入AkiiNWAl、 NWA3 和NWA4的^-个上,附力口数据可以^it增地记fJ'J^J: 1上。 Thus, each shot in the SRR, .SRRJ3 and SRR # 4 is a next writable AkiiNWAl, NWA3 ^ NWA4 and - the last, with the force data port can be referred to by ^ it fJ'J ^ J: 1.

上述的TDMS更新单iUfcll增地记录以M附加SRRI,作为用于管理这些SRR 的信息。 The above-described TDMS update unit is recorded in M ​​iUfcll by additional SRRI, such as the information for managing the SRR.

图12^^示SRRI的结构的图。 FIG 12 ^^ illustrating the structure of the SRRI.

如图所示,SRRI具有范围1到31数据帧的尺寸。 As shown, SRRI has a size range of 1 to 31 data frames.

图12中所示的结构中的相对数据帧号是识别簇中的数据帧的编号,如前面所述的,SRRI被置于紧接记^^该单元的最后一个数悟帧31中的IDDS之前的位置上的TDMS更新单元中。 The relative number of the data frame structure shown in FIG. 12 is the data identifying the number of frames in the cluster, as previously described, the SRRI is disposed immediately in mind ^^ last number of the unit frame 31 IDDS Wu TDMS update before the location on the unit. 例如,*汰SRRI具有M个扇区的尺寸。 For example, eliminating * SRRI has a size of M sectors. 在这种情况中,SRRI #«于数据帧(31 -M)到30上。 In this case, SRRI # «a data frame (31 -M) to 30. 数据帧中的字节位置是数椐帧中的字节的位置。 Byte position in data frame was noted in the number of bytes in the frame position.

开始于SRRI起始处的字节的64字节^^3作用于描述SRRI的管理信息的SRRI 报头。 Starts at byte 64 byte SRRI ^^ 3 acting at the start of the description of the management information of the SRRI SRRI header.

包括在SRRI报头中的SRRI管理信息^i舌指示毅SRRI的簇的信息、;J1^号、 SRRI更新^b(或者SRRI记录/更新数)和指示SRR条目的总数的条目数,它们[ 个都是SRRI中的SRR信息的块。 Includes SRRI management information in the SRRI header ^ i tongue indicated Yi SRRI information clusters,; J1 ^ number, SRRI update ^ b (or SRRI record / update number) and the number of total number of entries indicated SRR entry, which [a SRRI is the information block in the SRR.

字节位置64和随后的字节位置处的字节^^J于^SRR条目的列表。 ^^ byte at byte position 64 and subsequent byte positions of J ^ SRR entries in the list. SRR条目的列表包括多个SRR信息块,它们每个^^有8字节的尺寸。 SRR list of SRR entries comprises a plurality of information blocks, each of which have 8 bytes in size ^^. 如^[^H言息块被包括在SRR条目的列表中,则列表的尺寸因而是Nx8个字节。 The ^ [^ H statement information block is included in the list of SRR entries, the size of the list is Nx8 bytes therefore.

^^有8字节的尺寸的SRRI列JJf点紧^^SRR条目的临时列表之后。 After ^^ 8-byte SRRI column size JJf point immediately ^^ temporary list of SRR entries. 艰在SRRI列表终点^直到簇的末端的区被填^t才别。 In the end ^ difficult SRRI list until the end of the cluster area is filled ^ t was not.

图13A^:^^SRRI才艮头的结构的图。 FIG. 13A ^: FIG ^^ SRRI header structure before Gen.

在字节0和1处的2个字节被用于记录用作SRRI的管理信息的SRRI-ID(SRRI标识符)。 SRRI-ID (SRRI Identifier) ​​is used to record byte 2 bytes 0 and 1 as the management information of the SRRI.

在字节位! Byte bit! 2处的l个字节被用于记g示成SRRI的瓶本号的SRRI格式。 l at the 2 bytes is used as the SRRI shown in mind g vial number present SRRI format. 在字节位置4到7处的4个字节净i^1于记^4示到目前为止SRRI已经被更新的次 4 bytes at byte positions 4 to the net. 7 at I ^ 1 ^ 4 shown so far in mind SRRI has been updated times

数的SRRI更新数。 SRRI update count of the number.

在字节位置12到15处的4个字节被用于记g示SRRI中的SRR条目的总数的SRR条目数。 In the byte positions 12 to 15 of 4 bytes are referred to the total number of SRR entries g SRR entry SRRI shown in FIG.

在字节位置16处的1个字节^M于记錄示在SRRI中的每个^:有打开状态的打开SRR的lt量的打开SRR数。 In one byte at byte position 16 ^ M for recording the SRRI shown in each ^: lt has an opening opened state of the open SRR amount SRR number.

起始于位! Starting at bit! 20处的字节的字节^^3iS己录打开SRR编号的列表怍为SRRI中的 Bytes at byte 20 ^^ 3iS hexyl opened SRR number recorded as the SRRI list of ashamed

所有打开SRR的编号的a。 All open SRR number of a.

图13B是表示打开SRR编号的列表的结构的图。 13B is a diagram showing a list of open SRR numbers of structures. 每个打开SSR编号具有2个字节的尺寸。 Each opens SSR number having a size of 2 bytes. 由于打开SRR编号的列表可以包括高达16个打开SRR编号,所以该列表具有32个字节的尺寸。 Since the list of open SRR numbers may comprise up to 16 open SRR numbers, so the list has the size of 32 bytes. 如杲打开SSR编号小于16,那么打开SRR编号未占据的、作为列表的剩余区的区被填^Jt糊。 As Gao opens SSR number is less than 16, then the open SRR number is not occupied, the remaining area is filled region as a list ^ Jt paste. 以斷氐妳瞎对列4Ji的打开SRR编号排序。 Di u blind to break the column 4Ji open SRR number order. 当打开的SRR的^t量增加或者减少时,相应地调整列表的内容。 When the amount of increase or decrease ^ t opened SRR adjusted accordingly content list.

如图12所示,在SRRI中,SRR条目的列彭化该SRRI报头之后。 12, in the SRRI, Peng column of SRR entries after the SRRI header. 图14是表示SRR 条目的结构的图。 FIG 14 is a diagram showing a configuration of the SRR entry. 图中所示的符号iA^Sei^对应于SRR的SRR条目的编号。 Symbols shown iA ^ Sei ^ SRR entry corresponding to the number of SRR in FIG.

表示关于SRR的信息的SRR的SRR条目具有8字节或者64^:的尺寸,其被描述如下。 Represent information about the SRR having the SRR SRR entries 8 bytes, or 64 ^: size, which is described as follows.

4个位b63到b60是被保留的或者未定义的位。 4 bits b63 to b60 are reserved or undefined bits.

28个位b59到b32被用于记^4在于用户数塘区中的SRR弁i的勤合i^止,即SRR # i的起始簇的起泉的PSN。 28 bits b59 to b32 are used to remember the number of users ^ 4 wherein the SRR Tong Bian i i ^ stop the ground engagement, i.e. springs from the starting cluster of SRR # i PSN.

位b31翻于记录指示SRR^否是^(session)的初始SRR的^嫩会位。 Bit b31 to turn recording instruction is NO ^ ^ ^ SRR will tender bits (session) of the initial SRR. 絲而言,被设置为l的^b31指示SRRA会活的初始SRR。 For the wire, is set to l ^ b31 indicate the initial SRR SRRA will live. 也ifc^说,该^i舌^个SRR 开始。 Ifc ^ also said that the tongue ^ i ^ th SRR start.

3个位b30到b28是被保留的或者未定义的位。 3 bits b30 to b28 are reserved or undefined bits.

28个位b27到b01^于记^4在于用户数据区中的SRR #i的LRA(絲记录的i&止),即如图11所示的SRRI弁i的末端的PSN。 28 bits b27 to B01 ^ 4 ^ in mind that the end PSN of the user data area of ​​the LRA in the SRR #i (i recorded & locking wire), i.e., as shown in FIG. 11 of the SRRI Bian i.

包才^Kh/斤述的SRRI报头和SRR条目的SRRI被用于管理存在于用户数据区中的每个SRR、 SRR的编号、每个SRR的iikAL^每个SRR的LRA。 SRRI header packets before ^ Kh / kg SRRI described later and each SRR entry for SRR is present in the user management data area, the number of SRR, the SRR iikAL ^ each SRR each of LRA. 另夕卜,如Ji^斤述,可以从记g为SRR提供的SRR条目中的LRA(^记录的^iih)计^开SRR的NWA( 下一可写入的^kiit)。 Another Bu Xi, Ji ^ jin as described above, can be referred to from the SRR entry g of the LRA in the SRR provided (recorded ^ ^ IIH) ^ count opened SRR NWA (e.g. the next writable ^ kiit).

例如当SRR被保留时,如果必须更称RR的管理状态,那么将数据递增地记录到开始于SRR的NWA的区中或者SRR被关闭。 For example when the SRR is reserved, if you have even said that the state administration RR, then record the data incrementally to the district began in the NWA in SRR or SRR is closed. 通it^it增记录的TDMS更新单元中 TDMS update unit through it ^ it increases recorded

包總RRI, "fMSRRI来更新该状态。 The total package RRI, "fMSRRI to update the status.

3-5:用于具有^^换区的^"式的^^^^iih处理 3-5: ^ a "process having the formula ^^ ^^^^ iih change region

下面的说a月解释用于包4#^图l(a)所示的ISA和/或OSA的形式的预分配替换区的格式的l本替换地址处理。 The following explanation for said month l a packet format of FIG. 4 ^ # l (a) ISA or in the form shown in and / OSA of the pre-allocated spare area according to the replacement address processing.

如图15所示,ISA(内^^用区)和/或OSA(夕Ml^用区^t分别分酉C^数据区的内側和外侧,作为用于"i^亍用于缺陷簇的^^^i止处理的^^区。 Shown, the ISA (inner zone with ^^) 15 and / or the OSA (Xi Ml ^ ^ t are divided by region C ^ unitary inside and outside the data area, as a "i ^ for the right foot of the defective cluster ^^^ i ^^ dead zone processing.

另外,当存在将数据写A^已经记录的^iit的处理的请求时,也tU3兑,更新记录的数据的请求,ISA和/或OSA^HNt^用作用于实际将要被写入的数氺射己录到目标^iih的替换区。 Further, when there is a request to write data A ^ ^ iit process has been recorded, also tU3 against the request to update the recorded data, ISA and / or OSA ^ HNt ^ is used as the actual number to be written Shui It has been recorded to a target radio ^ iih the replacement area. 已经^f:的^i止是已经记录数据的i^止,^^J殳有记录的地址是其上未记录数据的舰。 Have ^ f: a ^ i stop recording data is already dead i ^, ^^ J Shu recorded address on which data is recorded in the ship.

ISA和OSA的尺寸净嫂X^DDS和TDDS中,这已经在上面描述过了。 ISA and OSA Sao net size of X ^ DDS and the TDDS, which has already been described above.

在初始化时确妇SA的尺寸,并在其后保持不变。 SA determined size woman at initialization and remains unchanged thereafter.

如下所述^ftf捐ISA和OSA的替换^ili处理。 Follows ^ ftf donate ISA and OSA to replace ^ ili process. 将数据更新作为例子。 Examples of data updates. #汰例如,存在将数据写A^户数据区的簇中的已经记录的^ii中的请求,即用于更新记#簇中的数梧的请求。 # Eliminating example, the presence of A ^ ^ ii data write request in the cluster in the user data already recorded area, i.e., the number of requests for updating Wu denoted # cluster. ^il种情况中,由于光盘l是一次写/v^:,数据不f^皮写A5'JMl的这样的簇中。 ^ IL case, since the write-once optical disc is l / v ^ :, f such data is not written A5'JMl clusters of skin ^. 因此,^4皮写A^已经记录的;l^止的数据实际4皮记^^ISA 或者OSA的簇中。 Accordingly, transdermal ^ 4 ^ A write has been recorded; L ^ 4 clusters where data is actually dead skin referred ^^ ISA or in the OSA. 实际将数釈己鬆ij已经记录的i^止的处理被称为替换it^止处理。 The actual number Shi has been recorded loose i ^ ij stop processing is referred to alternatively it ^ stop process.

替换^it处理被管理成上述的DOW条目。 Alternatively ^ it into the above-described process is managed DOW entries. 也j^:说,已经记录数据的簇的;4it ^^在DOW条目中作为替换目标源地址,以及作为实际上已经记录数梧的簇的、包 Also j ^: said cluster data has been recorded; 4it ^^ as a replacement source address DOW entries, as well as the fact the number of clusters already recorded Wu, packet

也IU3兌,在数据更新的情况中,用于置换已经记录的数据的数据实际上被写AJ他A或者OSA中,以M于数据更新的替换目标源和置M置被管理成记^ji IDMA中的TDFL上的DOW条目。 IU3 also against, in the case of data update, data for replacing the recorded data has been actually written in the OSA AJ A or his, to update the data in the M source and a replacement management counter M is set to be credited ^ ji DOW entries on the IDMA in the TDFL. 以这种方式,即^^1是一次写入盘,实际上也可以更新记^该Ml上的数提,也^t^说,更新数据的处理对于该操作系统或者该主机系统的文件系统或者该文件系统等来i^可实现的。 In this manner, i.e., ^^ is a write-once disc, in fact, may be referred to update ^ put on the number of Ml, ^ T ^ also that data for the update process operating system or the host system's file system the file system or the like can be achieved i ^.

也为了管理缺陷的目的,还可以扭/f亍上述的替换i^止处理。 Also for the purposes of managing defects, may also be twisted / f i ^ right foot above alternative process stop. 在替换i^止处理中,当检测到在M上的缺陷区时,要写AJ'j该缺陷区的数据实际上被4^ISA或者OSA的篌中。 In alternative i ^ stop process, when the defective area is detected in the M, the write data AJ'j defective area is actually 4 ^ ISA or OSA in the musical instrument. 然后,为了替换^iih处理管理的目的,列出一个DFL条目。 Then, in order to replace ^ iih object management process, a DFL entry lists.

在替换itkJt止处理中,数据被实际记f^开始于^it增^4it方向上的最^^i止处的簇的ISA的簇中。 In alternative itkJt stop processing, the data is actually credited f ^ ^ it starts on increasing direction most ^^ ^ 4it ISA clusters cluster i at the stop. 当銜SA的所有蔟^^完时,对如图15所示的OSA的蔟继续进行替换iikiil^理。 When all the nest title ^^ End SA, OSA of the nest shown in Figure 15 continues processing iikiil ^ replaced. 在替换Mi止处理中实际写入数悟的ISAKJSA^被称为替换目标置换 In an alternative process the actual locking Mi Wu writes the ISAKJSA ^ is called a replacement replacement

位置。 position.

随便说一下,以这种格式,可以利用OSA的部分或者整个区作为ATDMA(附力口TDMA)。 BTW, in this format, you can use part or all of the OSA area as ATDMA (force attachment port TDMA).

应当注意的是,在该伊逸实施例的情况中,在如上所述^^换区的格式中, 甚J^替换区^N細完U,通过j,用户数据区也可以^ff^换i^止处理,这将在后面描迷。 It should be noted that, in the case of this embodiment, Yi Yi, in the format described above ^^ exchange area, even replacement area J ^ ^ N fine finished U, by j, the user data area may change ^ ff ^ i ^ stop processing, which will be described later lost.

3-6:在没有替换区的格式中的TDMA和ATDMA 3-6: TDMA and ATDMA in Format without the replacement area

图16AJ^示既不包括ISA也不包才和SA的盘布局的图。 FIG 16AJ ^ neither shown nor package comprising ISA and only the disk layout of the SA.

^^1特殊的格式命令来产生不包^^换区的盘。 ^^ a special format command packet to produce ^^ exchange area of ​​the disc. 由于Ml不包插遏常的替换区,所以设置该命令的^l史以指定可以斜ei^止的最大^t容量。 Since the package insert Ml not stop normal replacement area, so that this command is possible to specify the history ^ l swash ei ^ ^ t stopper maximum capacity. 通过明确:%## 设置为稍微小于最大^#容量的值,可以扩M当记录/再l^置的盘驱动器的功能,以便在用户数據区的末端留下一个区作为不向其中^SeitkJt止的区。 By clear: ##% less than the maximum value set slightly ^ # capacity, M can be extended when the recording / l ^ opposed disc drive function, so as to leave a region at the end of the user data area as a non thereto ^ SeitkJt stop region. 在该实施例中,这种区称为可用作ATDMA的备用处理区。 In this embodiment, the processing region may be used as the spare area is called the ATDMA.

在^^^换区的格式的情况中,作为在TDMA^台处提供的同步的TDMA指示器,如图5所示使用2个簇CL0:KX1。 In the case of format change ^^^ zone, a TDMA synchronization indicator provided in the station of the TDMA ^, as shown in Figure 5 using two clusters CL0: KX1. 另一方面,在不包^^换区的格式的情况中, 另一个篌被添加到TDMA指示器以给出3个蔟CL0、 CL1^CL2。 On the other hand, in the case of not changing the packet format ^^ zone, the other TDMA indicator is added to the musical instrument to give 3 nest CL0, CL1 ^ CL2. 蔟CL2被称为TDMA 信息蔟。 Cocooning Cocooning CL2 is known as TDMA information.

在TDMA的最初记狄理中,首先,信息块被记^^簇CL2中作为TDMA信息。 Di originally referred to the TDMA processing, first, the information block is referred ^^ cluster CL2 as TDMA information. 然后,第一TDMA被记f^teTDMA信息M面的簇CL3中。 Then, the TDMA is referred to the first cluster CL3 f ^ teTDMA information M face.

当为记录管理信息TDMA的整个区^Jf)完时,并且附加信息必须被记絲作为TDMA的舰的ATDMA以賴作ATDMA指示器的篌CL1中时,记录TDMA信息蔟的内容。 When the entire area recording management information of the TDMA ^ Jf) End, and the additional information must be recorded in the TDMA wire as ATDMA ship to rely for ATDMA indicator CL1 musical instrument, the recording of the content nest TDMA information.

图17;U^示TDMA信息的格式的图。 FIG 17; U ^ shown in FIG TDMA format information.

如图所示,TDMA信息具有形^1于记录关于ATDMA的信息的结构的2048字节的尺寸。 As illustrated, TDMA information has a recording size of the shaped ^ 1 to about 2048 bytes of configuration information of the ATDMA.

在用^TDMA中的TDMA信息蔟的蔟CL2中,重复记录具有2048字节(=l数据帧)的尺寸的TDMA信息32次。 ^ TDMA TDMA information with information of the TDMA nest nest CL2 repeated recording has 2048 bytes (= l data frame) size 32 times.

TDMA信息的lJ^结构和在图8中示出的IDDS的结构相同,并类似于图4所示的DDS。 ^ lJ TDMA information and the same structure as shown in FIG. 8 the IDDS and similar DDS shown in FIG. 4. 然而,有必刻—些l^biO:为不同于TDDS的实际錄的值。 However, it is necessary engraved - some l ^ biO: a value different from the actual recording of the TDDS. 也fMi兌, 在TDMA信息的情况中,如下^^一些UL Also fMi against, in the case of TDMA information, following a number of UL ^^

#^始于位置40的、作为^i^l于记tlSA(内^^用区)的尺寸的字节的4个字节i殳置为0。 ^ # Starting position 40, as referred to L ^ i ^ tlSA byte size (the area with ^^) i Shu 4 bytes set to zero.

4衬始于位置44的、作为^l細于记录OSA(夕卜^^用区)的尺寸的字节的4个字节实际设置为如下所述的值:即将以簇^N立表示的ATDMAA寸除以256所获得的值 Liner 4 starts at position 44, a four-byte byte ^ l fine-sized recording in the OSA (Xi Bu ^^ region for) the actual set value as described below: a cluster represented soon established ^ N ATDMAA inch value obtained by dividing 256

将开始于位置49的、作为^f皮用于记录OSA中的TDMAA寸的字节的4个字节设置为以^4^^示的ATDMAA寸。 It will start at the position 49 as transdermal ^ f for recording the OSA TDMAA inch bytes 4 bytes arranged to ^ 4 ^^ ATDMAA inch illustrated.

通过如上所述提^H乍为^^于记^i^tTDMA信息的TDMA信息蔟的蔟CL2, 当检测到安放在记^/再m^置上的盘时,该装置能够读出TDMA的信息簇,以便确 By providing first glance ^ H ^^ TDMA information as discussed above in mind nest ^ i ^ tTDMA information nest CL2 is, when it is detected placed referred ^ / m ^ then placed on the disc, the device capable of reading the TDMA cluster information in order to determine

4:盘驱动器的结构 4: Structure of disk drive

下面i兌明,了作为用于上述一次写Ait盘的盘驱动器的记录/再J腺置。 I out against the following, as for the above-described write-once disc Ait disc drive of the recording / J gland set. 本实施例提供的盘驱动器能够通过格式化处于其中"-^l已创建仅仅图l所示的预记录信息区但是不形成一次写入区的状态中的光盘l,来形成处于前面通过参考图1(a)和l(b)i兌明的状态中的一次写Ai^的布局。而且,盘驱动^4f数才射己fJ'J以这种方^式化的Ml的用户数据区中以及从用户数据区再JEJILIt据。如果必要,盘驱动器还更新TDMA或者AIDMA。 The disk drive of the present embodiment can be provided in which "by formatting - ^ l has been created only pre-recorded information area shown in FIG l is not formed, but the state of the write-once optical disc l in the region, is formed in front with reference to FIG. 1 (a) and l (b) against a write state i Ai ^ out in the layout. Further, the number of disk drives only exit 4F ^ hexyl ^ fJ'J in this manner the type of the user data area Ml and then JEJILIt data from the user data area, if necessary, the disk drive further updated AIDMA or TDMA.

图18^^表示盘驱动器的结构的图。 FIG ^^ configuration of FIG. 18 shows a disc drive.

盘lAJi述的一次写X^。 Write-once disc lAJi described X ^. 絲l安》t^转盘(图中未示出)上。 An silk l "t ^ carousel (not shown). 在记录/再现处理中,通iii轴电动^52驱动转盘以CLV(恒定的^l^)5走转。 In the recording / reproducing process, the through ^ iii shaft of motor 52 driving the turntable to a CLV (Constant of ^ l ^) 5 turn away.

ifei会取E(光头)51读出嵌在絲l中的为凹槽城的摆动形状的ADIP^iih^作为预记絲Ml上的信息的管理/控制信息。 ifei will take E (optical head) 51 reads out the embedded wire l is from ADIP ^ iih ^ wobble shape of the groove of the city as the management information on the pre-filaments referred Ml / control information.

在初始化/格式化时或者在将用户数称己彭)J光盘1的处理中,光拾取器51记录管理/控制信息和用户数据到一次写入区中的^ifJi。 When initializing / formatting or hexyl said Peng) for J in the optical disc 1, the optical pickup 51 records management / control information and user data to the write-once area ^ ifJi in the number of users. 另一方面,在再现处理中, j^合取器5 l读出记#^1上的数据。 On the other hand, in the reproduction process, conjunctive J ^ 5 l is referred to read out the data on a # ^.

ib^"取器51包拾、^t^L管、光检测器、物4沐光学系统,这些在图中未示出。、^t^L管是作为用于产生^t^的源的器件。^"测器^]于检测由逾1反射的M的部4牛。 ib ^ "take package pickup 51, ^ t ^ L tube, a light detector, an optical system was Mu 4, which is not shown in FIG., ^ t ^ L is the tube as a source for generating a ^ t ^ device. ^ "^ detector] to the detected reflected by the portion 4 of more than 1 M cattle. 物*怍为潮#的输出端的部件。 Was ashamed tidal # * output terminal of the member. 光学系桑A^于^f^助物4tt ^^^^Ml的记*面上并? 1导M衫ij,测器的部件。 Sang optical system in ^ f ^ A ^ was co 4tt ^^^^ Ml surface and denoted *? M 1 is turned shirt ij, the detector member.

在光拾取器51中,通it^轴机构来以如下方式来支持物僚该机构能够^^P宗和聚焦方向上移动物镜。 In the optical pickup 51, the through it ^ shaft mechanism in a manner to support the official mechanism capable of moving the objective lens on the P ^^ cases and focusing directions.

另外,可以通ii^^抓构53在it^l的径向方向上移动^^y^取器51。 Further, through the grasping mechanism 53 moves ii ^^ ^^ y ^ 51 taken in the radial direction of it ^ l.

通itW^区动H63产生的作为驱动信号的驱动电流JM区动被^T在iy合取器51 中的'^^L管以发4t^t^。 Driving current through the JM region itW ^ H63 movable region generated as the drive signal is movable in conjunctive iy ^ T 51 in the '^^ L tube made 4t ^ t ^.

在ife^取器51中^Ml的i^r测器检测由Ml録的it^传送的信息,将称则到的信息转^UE比于絲絲的光强度的电信号并将该电信号提供^H巨阵电路54。 IFE is taken in 51 ^ ^ i ^ r of Ml is detected by the detector it Ml ^ recorded information transfer, the transfer of information to the called ^ the UE and the light intensity ratio of the electrical signal to the electrical signal trace providing ^ H circuit 54 downline.

矩阵电路54^有电流/电压转换电路,其用于将由包括多个M器件的光始铡器输出的电流^t换成电压,和用于"i;M亍产生必需的信号的矩阵处理的矩阵处理/方文大电路。必需的信号包括表示再iM:据的高频信号(或者再iUbt^言号)以及聚焦4fi吴 ^ The matrix circuit 54 has a current / voltage conversion circuit comprises a current by means of a plurality of M output optical guillotine beginning ^ t into a voltage, and a "i; M matrix of right foot to generate the necessary signals to be processed matrix processing / Fang large circuit further includes information indicating the necessary signals iM:. According to the high-frequency signal (or a re-statement iUbt ^ number) and a focus 4fi Wu

信号和^p宗^i吴信号,它们用于伺服控制。 Signal and ^ p ^ i were Wu signal, for servo control thereof.

另外,还产生4斜免信号作为与凹槽的摆动相关的信号。 Further, the wobble signal generating four relevant ramp signal as Free and recesses. 该与凹槽的摆动相关的信号^J于检测凹槽的摆动的信号。 Associated with the wobble of the groove to the detected signal ^ J groove wobble signal.

应当注意的是,矩阵电路54可以物》^^^^合取器51中。 It should be noted that the matrix circuit 54 may composition "^^^^ 51 in conjunctive.

由矩阵电路5俯出的再J^Jt^f言"^皮提供^/写电路55。也由矩阵电路54产生的聚焦4f^信号和5M斜fi刻言^^皮提^f司服电翻l。由矩阵电路54产生的4料免信号被提^^摆动电路58。 By the matrix circuit 5 a plan showing a further statement J ^ Jt ^ f "^ ^ provides transdermal / write circuit 55. The matrix circuit 54 also generates a focus signal and 4F 5M ^ oblique cut made fi ^^ ^ F Servo electrically hull turned l. 54 generated by the matrix circuit 4 is put material Free ^^ wobble signal circuit 58.

读/写电路55;UD于^W亍如下处理的电路,所舰理诸如对再iM:^[言号的二进制转舰理树it^PUU支术来产生再现时钟信号以产生由^^合取器51读出的数据等。 Read / write circuit 55; UD ^ W circuit to the right foot of a process, such as treatment of the ship again iM: ^ [Binary ship management tree branch operation made it ^ PUU number to generate a reproduction clock signal to generate a combined ^^ take 51 reads out the data and the like. 所产生的数据然后i^加到调制/解调电路56。 The resulting data is then added to i ^ modulation / demodulation circuit 56.

调制/解调电路56^i辦为再J腿理中的解码器的功肯^L件和作为记狄理中的编码器的功^^件。 Modulation / demodulation circuit 56 ^ i to do work and then J leg of the decoder processing Ken ^ L ^^ member and the reactive member referred to as Di processing of the encoder.

在再m理中,调制/解调电路56^^再现时钟信号来实现作为解码处理的、 用于游程"^t(run lenght)受限的代码的解调处理。 In yet m reason, the modulation / demodulation circuit 56 is achieved ^^ reproduction clock signal as the decoding process for run "^ t (run lenght) limited code demodulation process.

ECC编码器/解码器57;M于#^亍用于将纠错码添加到要被记^^^1上的 ECC encoder / decoder 57; M ^ # to add an error correction code for the right foot is to be referred to on ^^^ 1

处理的部件。 Processing means.

在再现时,由调制/解调电路56解调的数据被^^在内^#器中,以^i至受4f^检测/纠正处^Nl"如去交织处理之类的处理以产生最终的再Mt提。 Upon reproduction, the data modulation / demodulation circuit 56 is demodulated # ^ ^^ inner vessel, to 4F ^ I ^ to a subject detecting / correcting at ^ Nl "The deinterleaving processing or the like to produce a final Mt re-mention.

才,由系乡雄制^60给出的命令从内部,器读出作为由ECC编码器/解码器 Only, the command given by the line 60 ^ rural male prepared as read by the ECC encoder / decoder from the inside, is

接到盘驱动器的装置的例子^AV(视听)系统120。 Examples of the disk drive to the device of ^ AV (Audio Visual) system 120.

如上所述,在摆动电路58中处理由矩阵电路5输出的作为与凹槽的摆动状态相关的信号的推^lt信号。 As described above, the processing state pushed by the wobble of the groove as the matrix circuit 5 outputs a signal related to the wobble circuit 58 ^ lt signal. 在摆动电路58中,传itAD!P信息的推挽信iife^调成包含 In the wobble circuit 58, pass ITAD! Push-pull signal iife P ^ is adjusted to include information

ADIP:^i止的lfc据流。 ADIP: ^ i lfc stop the flow of data. 然后摆动电路58将该数据;^R供^^止解码器59。 The wobble circuit 58 then data; ^ R ^^ stopper for the decoder 59.

^t解码器59解码由处接J^^的数悟以产生地扯,并且然后将该i^^止提供给系維制飄 ^ T decoder 59 is decoded by a pin number Wu J ^^ tweaked to produce, and then supplied to the i ^^ stopper made based floating-dimensional

i^止解码器59iiit过使用由摆动电路58^供的摆动信号^W亍PLL处理来产生时钟信号,并将该时钟信号^^^其它部件,例如作为记录时间编码时钟信号。 I ^ stopper decoder 59iiit by the wobble circuit 58 by using the wobble signal supplied ^ ^ W right foot PLL processing to generate a clock signal and the clock signal ^^^ other components, such as a time code recording clock signal.

作为与凹槽的摆动状态相关的信号的、由矩阵电路5嫩出的郭Mt信号是源自预记录信息PIC的信号。 As a signal relating to the wobbling state of the groove, the matrix circuit 5 by the soft-out signal is derived from the pre-Mt Guo signal recorded information PIC. 在摆动电路58中,在被編口給读/写电路55之前,推挽信号经受带通滤波处理,其^M亍二进制变才狄理以产生数据位流。 In the wobble circuit 58, the port is programmed to read / write circuit 55 prior to, push-pull signal is subjected to bandpass filter processing which only becomes ^ M Di right foot binary processing to produce a data bit stream. 然后该数据位^d皮提供给ECC编码器/解码器57,所i^ECC编码器/解石马器57用于^L^ECC^f5马和去交织处理以提W^^^^信息的数据。 The data is then supplied to the bit ^ d hull ECC encoder / decoder 57, the i ^ ECC encoder / Shima for 57 ^ L ^ ECC ^ f5 horses and deinterleaving process to provide information W ^^^^ The data. 然后所提取的预记录信,y皮提供给系^t空制器60 Pre-recording signal is then extracted, y ^ t bark supply system for air lines 60

才Mt所读出的预记录信息,系乡雄制H60能够才;Mti者^iU多种处理和复制保护处理^Jl的处理。 Mt was prerecorded information read out, H60 can be made based only rural male; Mti by various processes and ^ iU ^ Jl copy protection process is performed.

在记录时,从AV系统12條收要被记录的数据。 In recording, the AV system 12 from the received data to be recorded. 在ECC编码器/解码器57中采用的,器中緩冲^4皮记录的数据。 Employed in the ECC encoder / decoder 57, the buffer vessel 4 transdermal ^ recorded data.

在该情况中,ECC编码器/解码器57对要被记录的緩冲数据4?y亍处理。 In this case, the buffer data ECC encoder / decoder 57 pairs to be recorded, 4? Y right foot process. 该处理^^^力口纠4普石马的处理、交织处理和增力n子^i5马的处理。 The opening force correction process ^^^ P 4 Shima process, the interleaving process and the sub-booster n ^ i5 horse process.

在被提*渎/写电路55之前,完^ECC编码处理的数据受到在调制/解调电路56中的解调处理,诸如3M)RLL(1-7)PP方法的解调。 Before being put ditch * / write circuit 55, encoding processing data ECC End ^ subjected to demodulation processing in the modulation / demodulation circuit 56, such as demodulation (1-7) PP method 3M) RLL.

在记录时^/f亍的这些编码处理中,^Ji述的摆动信号产生的时钟信号用作编码时钟信号,其作为参考信号。 When recording the encoding process ^ / f of the right foot, the clock signal is used as a coding ^ wobble clock signal generated by said signal Ji, as a reference signal.

在完^il些编码处理^r,要被记录的数据被提^i^/写电路55以^i至受记录卓Ff尝处理,诸^i己录功率的微调以产封于包^i己^^特性、^t^的点形状和 In the finished ^ IL Such encoding process ^ R & lt, data to be recorded is put ^ i ^ / write circuit 55 to ^ i to receiving records Zhuo Ff taste processing, such ^ trimming i-hexyl recording power to produce enclosed in the package ^ i hexyl ^^ characteristics, t ^ ^ and dot shape

记f^^等因素的最佳的功賴以^y区动脉中的形状的调整。 Best adjusting the shape of an artery and other factors in mind f ^^ ^ y on which work area. 在完成记录补 Fill in the complete record

偿处理^, ^4皮记录的数据被提^^t^区动H63作为^t^区动脉冲。 Compensation processing ^, transdermal ^ 4 data records are put ^^ t ^ H63 movable region as actuation pulse ^ T ^ region.

、^y区动點3传ill^^区动^^中给应用在犬拾取器51中的潮^t^f及管以驱动从4管产生«^。 , ^ Y 3 fixed point transmission region ILL ^^ ^^ movable region in the pickup to the application in the dog 51 in the tidal ^ t ^ f and the drive tube to produce «from 4 ^. 以这种方式,在Ml中产生賴于记录数据的凹槽(pit)。 In this manner, the recording data is generated depends on the recess (PIT) in the Ml.

应当注意的是,'総区动點3包括用于通it^控'M^出功率来将^ibt出控制为与环^fc^H牛,例如3^^显^t关的固定值的所谓的APC(自动功率控制)电路。 It should be noted that the 'Cong region 3 comprises a fixed point for control through it ^' M ^ ^ ibt the power to be controlled with a loop ^ fc ^ H cattle, for example, a fixed value substantially ^^ 3 ^ t off a so-called APC (automatic power control) circuit. 检测器iU在iy^取器51中以作为监控^bb^出功率的监控器。 In iy ^ iU detector 51 to take a monitoring ^ bb ^ monitor the power. 系乡雄制點O给出用于记^再IM:理的^个的'^渝出功率的目标值。 Male Township based system for credit given point O ^ then IM: reasonable th ^ '^ Yu power target value. 潮光渝出的数量级被控制为用于记^iMr再mAb理的目标值。 Chao Yu light is controlled to an order of magnitude for re ^ iMr mAb referred reasonable target.

伺服电翻l从聚焦^^言号和5P宗4f^f言号产生多种伺服驱动信号以^U亍祠服处理,其中从矩阵电路54^^斤述聚焦皿信号和^f斜t^信号。 L servo turn produce a variety of servo drive signals to the right foot ^ U ^^ temple clothing made from the focusing processing and the number 5P 4f ^ f were made, by which from the matrix circuit 54 pounds ^^ said focus signal and a boat ramp t ^ ^ f signal. 伺服驱动信号包綠焦、船宗和繊司服驱动信号。 Green focus servo drive signal package, and ship Zong Xian Servo drive signal.

务本而言,分别^a分别驱动在iy^取器5i中采用的,机构的聚焦和iEp宗线 For this service, respectively, are driven in ^ a contraceptive device iy ^ 5i employed, the focusing mechanism and the lines were iEp

團的聚焦4f^信号和i^J斜fi^言号,来产生聚焦和5P斜区动信号。 Focus signal and 4f groups ^ i ^ J ^ Fi made obliquely number, and generating a motion signal 5P swash focusing area. 因而,JP宗和聚焦祠服环v5^皮创建为包括it^"取器51、矩阵电路54、伺服电路61和双轴机构的环路 Thus, JP were V5 and the focus ring temple service transdermal ^ ^ loop is created it comprises a "take 51, the matrix circuit 54, servo circuit 61 and the biaxial mechanism

另外,才W从系^i空制器6條JJt^的Mit^^夭命令,伺服电翻1关断5M宗伺服 Furthermore, it ^ i W from the line system for air JJt ^ 6 of tender Mit ^^ command, the servo motor 1 to turn off the servo cases 5M

环^^Hi过输出效&夭驱动信号来^f亍4^^^t理。 ^^ Hi ring through the output drive signal to effect & tender right foot 4 ^^^ t ^ f treatment.

在jtb^Ji,才娥^^呈4ti刻言号和从系^i空制器6倏收的访问运行控制信号,伺服电翻l产生a^呈驱动信号,以驱动^^N^J53。 In jtb ^ Ji, it was 4ti engraved E ^^ N ^ J53 and made from number-based system for air 6 ^ i prosperous operation received access control signal, the servo motor generates a ^ l turn in the drive signal to drive ^^. 得到^^呈4fi吴信号作为i^絲fi吴信号的#1贞成分。 4fi ^^ was obtained as NG signal wire # i ^ fi 1 Chen Wu signal component. ^^^1^53具有^i舌传^^轮、^^呈电才;i^用于^^^^合取器51 的主轴的机构。 1 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ I tongue 53 has passed round ^^ ^^ is electrically only; I ^ ^^^^ means for conjunctive spindle 51. 4財居线驱动信号,线-1^构53驱动^#呈电机以滑动光拾取器51所需的距离。 4 Choi home line drive signal, the drive line 53 -1 ^ # ^ configuration was required from the motor 51 to slide the optical pickup. 应当注意的是,才M勾本身没有在图中示出。 It should be noted that only M hook itself is not shown in FIG.

主4W司服电翻2控制主轴电^L52以CLV專賴。 4W Servo main power turned 2 ^ L52 to control spindle CLV professionals rely.

主4W司服电翻2获得在PLL处理中产生的时钟信号,用于作为有关主轴电枳62 的当前旋lfill的信息的摆动信号,以及tb^当前旋^d!A^^先确定的CLV参考ii^以产生主^^j言号。 Servo main power 4W Total 2 obtained clock signal generated in the PLL process for wobble signals as the current information about the rotation of the spindle lfill orange 62, and a spin current tb ^ ^ d! A ^^ previously determined CLV reference ii ^ ^^ j to generate the primary statement number.

另外,通雄用在读/写电路55中的PLL电路在数据再现时产生的再现时钟信^i^]作解码处理的参考时钟信号,以及有关主轴电^52的当前旋#^的信息。 Further, through the male with the read / write the reproduction clock signal 55 in the circuit of the PLL circuit is generated at the data reproducing ^ I ^] reference clock signal decoding processing, and related spindle ^ current information 52 spin # ^ a. 由此,通过包括具有预先确定的CLV参考逸变的该再现时钟信号,可以产生主轴错误信号。 Thus, by including a predetermined CLV reference Yi becomes the reproduction clock signal, a spindle error signal may be generated.

然后,主^f司服电^62^r出才娥主4^i^f言号产生的主轴驱动信号,以^/f亍主轴电才旭的CLV旋转。 Then, the main electrical Servo ^ f ^ 62 ^ r 4 showing only the main spindle E ^ i ^ f number of words generated drive signal to ^ / f right foot Xu CLV spindle rotation only.

而且,主4W司服电462^^^从系維制ll6條jR^的主轴启动/制动控制信 Also, the main power 4W Servo 462 ^^^ start / brake control signal from the main shaft section ll6 jR ^ tie-dimensional system

号来产生主轴驱动信号以^^亍启动、停止、加速和;4ili轴电才;^2的处理。 Number to generate a spindle drive signal ^^ right foot to start, stop, and acceleration; 4ili axis current only; ^ 2.

才Nt孩先计^^it过系^ti制系M^60^空制通过如上所述的伺服系^K己录/再现 Nt only count the first child ^ ti ^^ it through the braking system based M ^ 60 ^ pneumatic brake servo system as described above ^ K hexyl recording / reproducing

系统实现的多种处理。 Multiple processing system implementation.

^4tMAV系统12條4t^的命令,系乡雄制H60l5W亍多种处理。 ^ 4tMAV system 12 4t ^ command, based rural male right foot braking H60l5W various processes.

例如,当^MvAV系统12條JJtiij写指4(或者写数^^令)时,系乡維制點O首先将 For example, when the system 12 ^ MvAV JJtiij write means 4 (or the number of write ^^ order), based rural dimensional point O is first prepared

it^取器51移动到数据^4皮写入的地址。 Take IT ^ ^ 51 is moved to the data writing address 4 skin. 然后,ECC编码器/解码器57和调制/解调电路56对>^^系统12條》|1^的数据#^亍上述的编码处理。 Then, ECC encoder / decoder 57 and the modulation / demodulation circuit 56> ^^ system 12 "| Data # 1 ^ ^ right foot of the above-described encoding process. 数据的例子是才財射者如MPEG2之类的多种方法产生的祸颜和,数悟。 Examples of the financial data is only emitted by a variety of methods such as pigment disaster MPEG2 or the like and generated, the number of Wu. 随后,如上所述,为了在光盘l 上实际记录数据,读/写电路55给自区动器63提供表示数悟的'^y区动脉冲。 Subsequently, as described above, in order to actually record the data on the optical disc L, the read / write circuit 63 from the actuator 55 to provide a region number indicates the Wu '^ y pulse regions move.

另一方面,例如,当^AV系统12條4t^从Ml读出诸如MPEG2之类的数据的读命令时,系统控制器60首先l^t^t寻处理,以移动光^"取器51到目标;也址,在该目标3^止将从絲1读出数据。也亏^i^说,系M4空制H60^f司服电翻l输出搜种令来驱动^t合取器51以使得访问在搜"f^令中指定的目标J4iih。 On the other hand, for example, when a 4T ^ ^ the AV system 12 such as a read command to read out the MPEG2 or the like from the data of Ml, the system controller 60 first find l ^ t ^ t, so as to move the light ^ "take 51 to the target; also access, but also loss of the target from the wire stopper 3 ^ 1 ^ I ^ said read data, M4 pneumatic brake system Servo H60 ^ f l Total output power to drive the search order kinds ^ t is conjunctive 51 so that the access specified in the search "f ^ make the target J4iih.

其后,运行处理的必要控制以将指定部分的数据传输到AV系统120。 Thereafter, operation control processing necessary to transfer data to the specified portion of the AV system 120. 也IU:说,AUt4l读出悉:据,在读/写电路55、调制/解调电路和ECC编码器/解码器57中^f节者如解码和緩冲处理之类的处理,以及将所请求的数据传输到AV系统120。 Also IU: say, AUt4l readout note: data in the read / write circuit 55, modulation / demodulation circuit and an ECC encoder / decoder ^ f section by 57, such as a process of decoding and buffering process or the like, and the requested data transmission to the AV system 120.

应当注意的是,在将数^i己^Jij光盘l中以及从光盘l再S2Jt据的处理中,系统控制器60能够控制对Ml的访问以M过使用由摆动电路58和i^止解码器59枱,J 的ADIPMA1:的记录/再IW理。 It should be noted that the number of the cyclohexyl ^ i ^ Jij optical disc from the optical disc l and l in another S2Jt data processing, the system controller 60 can control access to Ml to M by using the wobble circuit 58 and the decoding stop i ^ 59 stage, J of ADIPMA1: a recording / IW management.

另夕卜,在BCA存在于Ml上以及记絲光盘l上的预记录的信4(PICM乍为来自于只再现区的摆动凹槽的情况下,在例如Ml安;^t盘驱动器上时的预定时间点上,系鈸控制點O从Ml上的BCA读出唯一的ID。 Another Xi Bu, in (PICM Chad is derived from the reproduction-only wobble groove area in the case of pre-recorded BCA exists on Ml and the note filaments disc l letter 4, for example, Ml security; ^ t on the disk drive when the predetermined point of time, the control point based cymbal O read unique ID from the BCA on the Ml.

^il种情况中,用iM为搜寻处理的目标的预先确定的数据区PR和BCA^^U亍搜寻处理的控制。 ^ Il case, the control target processing for search iM predetermined data area and the BCA ^^ U PR right foot of the search process. 也f^U:说,织司服电^61发出命令以通过^^it^取器51访问光盘l的最内侧的圓周。 Also f ^ U: said weaving a servo electrically ^ 61 issue a command to access the optical disc l by circumferentially innermost take ^^ it ^ 51.

稍后,驱动^i会取器51以扭^亍再^J口宗以获^^乍为由^ife^传送的信息的推挽信号。 Later, the drive 51 ^ I will take the right foot and then to twist ^ ^ J ^^ port cases to obtain at first by the IFE ^ ^ push-pull signal conveying information. 然后,在摆动电路58、读/写电路55和ECC编码器/解码器57中扭^^码处理,以产生作为再ifJ?^:据的预记录信息和BCA信息。 Then, the wobble circuit 58, a read / write circuit 55 and the ECC encoder / decoder 57 codes torsion ^^ processed to generate a re ifJ ^:? Data BCA information and prerecorded information.

才N^BCA信息械记录信息,如上所iiAU6^:l读出这些信息,系纟^空制點0 ^^H者^i殳置^^功率的处^a复制保护处理之类的处理。 Only mechanical N ^ BCA information recorded information, as above iiAU6 ^: l read out information, pneumatic brake system point Si ^ 0 ^^ H ^^ opposed by Shu ^ I ^ a power at a copy protection process such treatment.

在图18所示的结构中,在系綠制H60中^]高速緩冲赖^60a。 In the configuration shown in FIG. 18, the green-based system in H60 ^] cache depends ^ 60a. <躺高速緩冲,翻目于##信息,例如TDDS、 TDFL和/或SRRI,从记^ititl上的TDMA读出这些信息,结果不用访问Ml也能更新这些信息。 <Lying cache, in turn mesh information ##, e.g. TDDS, TDFL, and / or the SRRI, the note on ititl ^ TDMA information is read out, the results can be updated without accessing information Ml.

当i^殳有最^f匕的Ml安》堪盘驱动器上时,例如,系纟錄制H60l空制盘驱动器的部件以从记^Ml上的TDMA读出TDDS、 TDFL和/或SRRI并将它们, 在高速緩沖^^^60a中。 When i ^ Shu the most ^ f dagger Ml safety on "worthy of disk drives, e.g., based Si component recording H60l pneumatic brake disk drive to the mind ^ TDMA on Ml read TDDS, TDFL and / or SRRI and they, in the cache ^^^ 60a.

稍后,当|^^#"换;^^止处理以更新和/或写数据时或者由于才&则到的缺陷,更 Later, when | ^^ # "change; ^^ stop process to update and / or write data or due to the defect before & more

新^t在高速緩冲,^60a中的SRRI和/或TDFL。 New ^ t in the cache, ^ 60a of the SRRI and / or TDFL.

例如,每次43yt^换:K^止处理以在光盘l中写或者更新数提以;^^新SRRI和TDFL时,可以在记^^ttl上的TDMA或者ATDMA中递增地列入TDMS更新单元。 For example, each transducer 43yt ^: K ^ treated to stop writing or updating the number of the optical disc to provide the l; when the TDFL and SRRI ^^ new, can be referred to in the TDMA or ATDMA ^^ TTL included in the TDMS update incrementally unit. 然而,这##,记f^Ml上的TDMA^^在更早的时间被用完。 However, this is ##, TDMA ^^ f ^ on Ml remember being exhausted at an earlier time.

为了解决该问题,^t一种方法,由此,例如,当递增地记录数据^更新作为SRRI的;l4Jt止的LRA(絲记录的^iit)时,更新^ft在高速緩冲賴點Oa中的SRRI ,直到某一次数,以4那之后的某个时间点,通过列入TDMS更新单元来将^f诸在高速緩冲,點Oa中的更新的SRRI记f^ifeJtl上。 To solve this problem, a method ^ T, whereby, for example, when data is incrementally recorded as the SRRI update ^; l4Jt ended when the LRA (wire recorded ^ IIT), updates the cache. Ft ^ Oa point Lai the SRRI, up to a certain frequency at a certain point in time after 4 that, by including the TDMS update unit to update all ^ f in the cache, the point Oa referred f ^ ifeJtl the SRRI.

另夕卜,还存在可以想到的方法,由此,将^f渚在高速緩冲,器60a中的SRRI 更新所需的次数,通常直到从盘驱动器弹出光盘l,以及当从盘驱动器弹出絲l时,例如,^^在高速緩沖賴器60a中的最新的SRRI和/或TDFDf皮传跌Mi上的TDMA。 Another Bu Xi, there is also conceivable a method, whereby the desired number of times ^ f For SRRI in the cache, the update unit 60a, l usually until the disc is ejected from the disk drive, and when the wire is ejected from the disk drive when L, e.g., in the cache ^^ or a TDMA and / TDFDf skin pass down the latest SRRI Mi Lai 60a is in.

顺便说一下,图18所示的盘驱动器的"-^^吉构是连接到AV系统120的盘驱动器的结构。然而,本发明提供的盘驱动器可以连接到诸如个人计#4化类的装置上。 Incidentally, the disc drive shown in FIG. 18 "- ^^ Kat configuration is connected to the disk drive AV system 120 configuration, however, the present invention provides a disk drive apparatus such as a personal # 4 classes may be connected to. on.

另外,盘驱动器可以被设计成不ffei^接到装置的结构。 Further, the disk drive may be designed so as not to device ^ ffei structure. ^il种情况中,与图18 所示的结构不同,该盘驱动器包括用于输入和输出数據的^i乍单元和显示单元或者接口构件。 ^ Il in case, the different structures shown in FIG. 18, the disc drive unit comprises a first glance ^ i and a display unit or input and output data of the interface member. 也:t^说,根據由用户扭行的#^来将数粉己录到盘以及^0^盘1再王« 据,以及需要端子作为用于输入和输出数据的端子。 Also: t ^ say, according to the user # ^ twist to the number of lines recorded to the disc and the powder had ^ 0 ^ disk 1 and then the king «data, and the need for a terminal as a terminal for inputting and outputting data.

当然,其它典型的结构是可能的。 Of course, other typical configurations are possible. 例如,可以将盘驱动器设计成只记綠置或者只再赋置。 For example, the disk drive may be designed to only remember only green or re-assigned set position.

5:没有替换区的数粉己录/再现处理5-1:数据写处理的第一例子 The first example of a data writing process: 5: no replacement area has a number of powder recording / reproducing processing 5-1

通过参考图19所示的流程图,下面说明解释了由在盘驱动器中采用的系鍵控制B60在将数粉i^^Ml上的处理中扭行的处理,所i^JU被格式化以不包4封口图l(b)所示的替换区。 With reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 19, the following description explains processing by the system control B60 key employed in the disc drive in the number of process i ^^ Ml powder torsional row, the i ^ JU is formatted 4 does not include the sealing FIG l (b) as shown in the replacement area.

应当注意的是,当l^亍下面解鄉勺数据写处理时,Ml已经被安》Jt^盘驱动器上,以及TDDS、 TDFL以;SJSRRI已经从安ii^盘驱动器上的^iU上的lDMA传送到高速緩冲員^60a。 It should be noted that, when the l ^ right foot following solutions rural spoon data writing process, of Ml has been security on the "Jt ^ disk drive, and a TDDS, TDFL order; SJSRRI has from security ii ^ disk drive lDMA on iU ^ transferred to the cache member ^ 60a.

另外,当AU^置,例如AV系统120^jiJiJ写处m4^^处理的请求时,在请求中指定作为逻辑扇区M^Jt(或者LSN)的目标^iit。 Further, when the AU ^ position, the AV system 120 ^ jiJiJ e.g. write request at m4 ^^ processing, specified in the request as a logical sector M ^ Jt (or LSN) objective ^ iit. 盘驱动^l^C辑/物Mi4i止 The disk drive ^ l ^ C Series / stop was Mi4i

转才^t理,以将逻辑扇区^kJt止转化成物^i区i^jt(或者PSN)。 ^ T turn only reason to stop the conversion thereof into a logical sector ^ i ^ kJt area i ^ jt (or PSN).

应当注意的是,为了将由主才M旨定的逻辑扇区^iit转化成物^区^iih,有必JMfi己^^TBDS中的用户数据区中的第一扇区的物^At添加到逻辑扇区^iit中。 It should be noted that the order given by the main purpose only logical sector M ^ ^ IIT was converted into the zone ^ iih, there was already a first sector will JMfi ^^ TBDS user data area added to ^ At ^ iit in the logical sector.

数据以簇单元^^i'JifeiU中。 ^^ i'JifeiU data in cluster units.

々汰已经通过系统控制H60从诸如AV系统120^类的^^^置接收将数椐写入到地址N(或者逻辑扇区地扯N,其中NA32的倍数)的请求。 々 elimination has been controlled by a system such as H60 ^^^ means receives from the AV system 120 noted in the number of class ^ written to an address N (or a logical sector to pull N, wherein the multiple NA32) request.

^il种情况中,系统控制器60开始由图19所示的流程图表示的处理。 ^ il case, the system controller 60 starts the flow chart shown in FIG. 19 showing a process. 首先,在步骤F101和F102,参照^f诸在高速緩冲M^60a中的SRRI或者在高速緩冲务賭器60a中最近更新的SRRI以便产生在指定:^止的簇中是否已经记录数據的确定结果。 First, in step F101 and F102, all reference ^ F SRRI in the cache 60a ^ M or last updated in the cache unit 60a gambling service in order to produce a specified SRRI: ^ stop clusters whether the number of records According to the result of the determination.

也f^l说,在步骤F101执行的处理中,检^SRRI中的SRR条目以找到包4舌指定舰的SRR的SRRI条目。 F ^ l also said that in the processing performed in step F101, the subject ^ SRR entry in the SRRI tongue 4 to find the specified packet ship SRRI the SRR entry.

M而言,首先,由主机装置指定的逻辑扇区地址N转化成物理扇区地扯N'。 For M, first, the host device specified by the logical sector address N is converted into a physical sector to pull N '.

然后,^4勿^i区:t^止N'科己^^每个SRR条目中的:lW止详细核对,以获《粉酉L哈 Then, 4 ^ ^ I do region: t ^ stopper N 'Command had ^^ each SRR entry: lW stop detailed check, to obtain "unitary powder L ha

具有对应于物理扇区地址N'的记^J4i止的SRR条目的SRR编号。 Corresponding to the physical sector address N '^ denoted SRR number of SRR entries J4i stop.

然后,在下一步骤F102^W亍的处理中,用于写处理的请求中指定的地iih^由所获得的分S2i^SRR条目的^号标识的SRR的LRA比较,以^t^下一步骤F103批阡的处理中产生关于用于写处理的请求中指定的地址是否是已经记录的地址的确定结果。 Then, the processing at the next step F102 ^ W in the right foot, for requesting writing process specified in the IIH ^ ^ comparing the SRR number is identified by the LRA obtained S2i ^ SRR entry points to T ^ next ^ Qian batch processing of step F103 to generate a request for a write processing on the address specified result of determination whether an address has been recorded. 也tU:说,请求中指定的地扯和SRR条目的SRR的LRAtb^,以产生关于物理扇区地址N'是否小于SRR的NWA的确定结果。 Also tU: that specified in the request to pull the SRR entries and the SRR LRAtb ^, to produce a result of determination physical sector address N 'is smaller than the NWA of the SRR. 如果确定结果指示物理扇区地址N'小于SRR的NWA,那么物理扇区地址N'被确定为已记录的地址。 If the determination result indicates that the physical sector address N 'is smaller than the SRR NWA, then the physical sector address N' is determined as a recorded address. 如前面所述的,SRR 的NWA可以从由SRR条目描述的SRR的LRA得到。 As previously described, the SRR can be obtained from NWA from the LRA of the SRR entry describes SRR.

如果确定结果指示物理扇区地址N'等于SRR的NWA,那么物理扇区地iihN' 被确定为不是已经记录的^kiit。 If the determination result indicates that the physical sector address N 'is equal to the SRR NWA, the physical sector so iihN' ^ kiit not be determined as already recorded. 由于SRR的NWA^:附录记录点(postscript-recording point), ^il种情况中,处理的ita^步骤F103进行到步骤F104,在该步骤F104中, 数据被写入物絲区舰N'。 Since the NWA SRR ^: Appendix recording spot (postscript-recording point), ^ il in case, ita ^ processing proceeds to step F103 step F104, the in the step F104, the data is written to ship filament region N '.

也1^L说,^il种情况中,扭行数据写A^:理的写命令中指定的地址不是已经记录的地址。 1 ^ L also said, ^ il case, the twisting lines of data write A ^: Li write address specified in the command address is not already recorded. 因此,正常^/f亍数据写处理。 Therefore, normal ^ / f right foot data writing process. 然而,如果由于对MlJi^的损i^ 致的或者其它原因导致的在数据写中a错i吴,可以替换^Wf^换i^止处理。 If, however, since the loss of MlJi ^ i ^ of the induced or other causes in a data writing error in the i Wu, Wf can be replaced ^ ^ ^ i change stop process.

首先,在步淑104^U亍的处理中,系雖制點0^U亍将数据写A^光盘1上的控制。 First, in the process step 104 ^ U accomplishment of the right foot, although based system point 0 ^ U right foot control to write the data on the optical disk A ^ 1. M而言,系^^制II60移动拾取器51到指定的^:以访问该J4^并在该;^A 将才M^数据写请求而^f皮写入的数樹己彩iJMl上。 For M, based ^^ prepared II60 to move the pickup 51 to the specified ^: ^ to access the J4 and the; ^ A ^ M before the data write request and the number of tree iJMl ^ f hexyl skin color writing.

如^JE常地完^t据写处理,处3S^步骤F104进行到步骤F105,在该步骤F105 中,更新^^在高速緩冲4^器60a中的SRRI以反映记录数据到SRR中的附录记录。 As is often the complete JE ^ ^ t data write processing, 3S ^ at step F104 to step F105, in step F105, the cache update ^^ ^ 60a is in the SRRI 4 to reflect the data recorded in the SRR Appendix records. 然后,如果必要,也就是,如^4在更新记^?y^l上的SRRI的时机,那么也更新絲1上记录的SRRI。 Then, if necessary, that is, as ^ 4 Update remember ^? Y ^ SRRI opportunity on l, then also update the SRRI recorded on the wire 1. 也,Mi兑,将TDMS更新单元记絲Ml上。 Also, Mi against the TDMS update unit referred wire Ml.

M,结束为写请求而^f亍的处理。 M, ^ f the right foot end of the write request processing.

应当注意的是,如杲写请求中指定的物理扇区地址N'大于SRR的NWA,那么将非法参数4fi辨送到发出写请求的装置。 It should be noted that, as specified in the write request Gao physical sector address N 'is greater than the NWA of the SRR, so the illegal parameter 4fi identified write request issued to the device. 然而,图19中所示的流程图不表示写请求中指定的物理扇区地》止N'大于SRR的NWA的情况。 However, the flowchart shown in FIG. 19 is not specified in the request for a write to physical sector "dead N 'is larger than the NWA of the SRR.

如^fe步骤F103中扭軒的处理中产生的确定结果指示写处理请求中指定的地扯是已经记录的^t止,那么才財居数据写请求要被写A^^Jtl上的数据不肯^皮写AJ'j指定的^Ah中。 The determination result of the processing of torsional Hin ^ fe generated in step F103 indicating that the write processing request is already assigned to pull recorded ^ t stop, then the only financial data write request ranking data to be written is not on the A ^^ Jtl Ken leather ^ ^ Ah write AJ'j specified in. ^i^l种情况中,处理的《uflit行到步骤F106。 ^ I ^ l case, the processing of "uflit to step F106.

首先,在步骤F10讽行的处理中,检查包括ATDMA的TDMA以产生关于用于记录信息的TDMA(和ATDMA)是否已经都用完的确定结果。 First, in the process step F10 Bitterness row, including inspection of ATDMA to produce a result of determination TDMA TDMA (and the ATDMA) whether information is recorded are exhausted. 如^E包4舌ATDMA的TOMA中不存在有效和空闲的区,那么不能再4^f^换i^止处理。 The effective area and the absence of idle packets TOMA ^ E 4 ATDMA of the tongue, then no longer transducer 4 ^ f ^ i ^ stop process. 在这种情况中, 处理的^^lii行到步骤F107,在该步骤F107中,为了响应请求,4fi吴消,y皮传输到发出数据写请求的装置。 In this case, ^^ lii processing to step F107, in step F107, in response to the request, 4fi elimination Wu, y transdermal device to transmit data write request issued.

另一方面,如^^包括ArDMA的TDMA中仍存M效和空闲的区,在步骤F108 和随后的步骤中扭行更新^^在光盘1中的数据的处理。 On the other hand, as in the TDMA ^^ comprising ArDMA M efficiency and still free area, in step F108 and subsequent steps ^^ twisted row update processing data in the optical disc 1.

首先,在步骤F108^fr^处理中,检查SRR以产生关于NWAA否存在于SRR中的确定结杲。 First, in step F108 ^ fr ^ process, to check the SRR produce NWAA determination result on whether Gao present in the SRR. 被检查的SSR^在步骤F101"^亍的处理中4妙J的SRR,也f议,包l錄换目标源地址的SRR。如上所述,不包括NWA的SRR是已经关闭(close)的SRR。也就是说,检查SRR以产生关于目标SRRA否仍是打开(open)的SRR的确定结果。通过参考在SRRI报头中描述的信息可以产生该确定结果。 SSR ^ be checked in the processing in step F101 "^ J Miao right foot 4 in the SRR, also proposed f, l record packet source address change the target SRR. As described above, the NWA does not include the SRR is closed (Close) of SRR. that is, check the SRR to generate a determination result on the target SRR is a still open SRRA NO (open) in. the determination result may be generated by referring to information described in the SRRI header.

如果确定结果指示目才然RR仍是打开SRR,那么处理的i謗lii行到步鄰109, 在该步骤F109中,才財居数悟写请求将要被写Wj光盘l的数据写WJ起始于SRR的NWA的区中。 If the determination result indicates that the mesh was then RR still open SRR, i slander lii row the process to step o 109, in step F109, Choi Population in Wu write request to be written Wj disc l data write WJ starting NWA in SRR of the area.

然后,处理的^flii行到步骤F111,在该步骤"l^亍必要的更新处理。 也:t^说,由于将数据写到Ml上的处理^^新已经记^^^J:l上的数据的处理,那么对于更新处理需^^f^换;NkAL处理。由此,必须在TDFL上产生新的DOW条目并且列入。新的DOW条目包M理扇区地址N'和NWA,物理扇区地址N '是数据写请求中直翻旨定的,作为替换目标源^At,因为物理扇区i^止N'是已经 Then, ^ flii line processing to step F111, in step "l ^ right foot is also necessary update process:. T ^ say, since the processing on the write data has been recorded new Ml ^^ ^^^ J: l The data processing, the update processing for the required change ^^ f ^; NkAL process whereby new DOW entry must be generated in the TDFL and the inclusion of new DOW entry packet M physical sector address N 'and NWA,.. physical sector address N 'is a data write request in a given linear translation purpose, as a replacement source ^ At, stop because the physical sector i ^ N' is already

记录的^iit, NWA已经^^]作在步骤F109^f亍的数粉己狄理的目标,作为替换目标置换舰。 Recorded ^ iit, NWA has ^^] ^ f for the right foot of the powder had the number of processing target Di step F109, as a replacement replacement ship.

另夕卜,由于才^t数据写请求而^f皮写")Jttl上的数据被写ASRR,所以还必须更新SRR的SRR条目„ Another Bu Xi, since only a data write request ^ t ^ f transdermal write ") data is written on Jttl ASRR, it must also update the SRR SRR entries"

而且,由于更新了TDFL和SRRI,所以需要更新TDDS。 Moreover, since the updated TDFL and SRRI, so it needs to be updated TDDS.

由此,在步骤Flll^f询处理中,首先更新^^在高速緩冲機器60a中的TOFL 、SRRI和TDDS。 Thus, at step Flll ^ f inquiry process, first, the cache update ^^ machine 60a in TOFL, SRRI and TDDS. 然后,條TDFL、 SRRI和TODS^更新,在Ml上的TDMA(或者ATDMA)中产生^ill增地记录TDMS更新单元。 Then, strip TDFL, SRRI and updating TODS ^, is generated in the TDMA (or the ATDMA) on Ml ^ ill by recording the TDMS update unit.

另一方面,如a步骤F108产生的确定结果指示目朽SRR是已经关闭的SRR, 处理的;J^li^行到步骤Fl 10。 On the other hand, as a result of the determination in step F108 rotten SRR entry generated is indicative of the closed SRR, the process; J ^ li ^ to step Fl 10. 然后^^数据写请求而要被写AJijMl的数据被写入到勤合于打开的SRR的NWA中的最大的一个的区中。 ^^ then the data write request to be written is written into the data AJijMl NWA of the SRR engaged in open ground in the region of a maximum. 也lt^说,4H^数据写请求而要被写的数据被写A^^i台于存在于用户数据区中的打开SRR中的M 一个中的NWA的区中。 Also said lt ^, 4H ^ write request and data to be written is written A ^^ i M a station to the presence of the user data area in the open SRR in the NWA region. 通ii^后的SRR,包含存在于打开SRR中的最大Aki止的SRR II after the through ^ SRR, the SRR comprising in the maximum open ended SRR Aki

当完^t粉己狄理时,处理的^fli^行到步骤F111,在该步骤Flll, 4A/f沐上對目同的更新处理。 When the time t ^ finish powder hexyl Di reason, ^ fli ^ row processing to step F111, in step Flll, the 4A / f Mu update processing for the same purpose. M而言,首先,更新^t在高速緩冲M^60a中的TDFL 、SRRI和TDDS。 For M, first, the update ^ t TDFL, SRRI and TDDS in the cache in the M ^ 60a. 然后,##TDFL、 SRRI和TDDS的更新,在Ml上的TDMA(或者ATDMA)中产生^Nt增地记录TDMS更新单元。 Then, ## update the TDFL, SRRI and the TDDS, ^ Nt is generated in the TDMA (or the ATDMA) on Ml is recorded by the TDMS update unit.

如上所述,图i9中所示的流程图表示为了响应于将数梧写AiE巧是已经记录的^AL的^Ah的处理的请求而更新数据所^/f亍的替换A^狄理。 As described above, in the flowchart shown in FIG i9 order to respond to represent the number of coincidence is AiE Wu write request processing of the already recorded ^ AL ^ Ah data is updated ^ / f A ^ Di right foot replacement management. 然而,应当注意的是,为了响应于4flt据写AiE巧是缺陷区中的岫扯的地扯的处理的请求而更新数据, 也可以以同才羊的方式来^^f^换i^kjy^:理。 However, it should be noted that, in response to a data write AiE coincidence 4flt request processing is a defective area in the Xiu pull to pull the updated data, in the same way as it may be sheep transducer ^^ f ^ i ^ kjy ^: Li.

例如,4紋,即^^将数据写A^1的处理的请求中所指定的;&止是在未被记录的簇中的地址,所i4^被记录的^^殳有数才射己泉在其中的蔟,该H由缺陷的,使得不可食U^确itk^^:据写入其中。 For example, 4 lines, i.e., the data write A ^ ^^ request processing in a designated; & stopper is unrecorded cluster in the address, the i4 ^ ^^ Shu recorded only several shot hexyl Springs in the nest therein, the H by a defect, such inedible U ^ indeed itk ^^: data written therein. 在这种情况中,处理的流-m步骤F103进行到步骤F106以在步驟F106和随后的步骤4iW^目同的替换^iit处理。 In this case, the flow -m step process proceeds to step F106 to F103 ^ ^ IIT mesh with alternative processing and subsequent steps F106 4iW.

然而,树于这种缺陷簇所l^询替换i^止处理的情况中,通过以和DOW条目相同的方iCitiiit增地记录的TDMS更新单^制新的DFL条目来更新TDFL。 However, the defective cluster tree to this alternative case l ^ I ^ stop inquiry process, and by the same manner as iCitiiit DOW entries recorded by the new TDMS update unit to update the DFL entry system ^ TDFL. 5-2:数据写处理的第二例子 5-2: The second example of a data writing process

顺便说一下,在图19所示的-J^呈图的步骤F109^l/f亍的处理中,^f亍涉及包括数据写处理中所指定的地t止的SRR中的区中的替换^ii处理。 Incidentally, -J ^ shown in FIG. 19 shows a step F109 was treated ^ l / f of the right foot, right foot ^ F includes a data writing process directed replacement, as specified in the SRR t ending in region ^ ii process. 通常,这种替换^i止处 Typically, such an alternative stop at ^ i

理不会带来问题。 Li will not cause problems. 事实上,替换MJt止处理可以具有这样的优点:可以将物3Si)k^近于替换目标源位置的位置选为替换目标置换位置。 In fact, the replacement process may stop MJt has the advantages: The composition can 3Si) k ^ replacement location near a target location selected to replace the source target displacement position. 这种替换目标置^^置带来了如下益处:可以缩^^替换目标置4射立置读出数据的[^处理的搜寻距离。 Such a replacement is set opposite ^^ brings the following benefits: reduced ^^ can search for a replacement set from the upright 4 emitted for reading data [^ process. 然而,对于在诸如AV系统120^类的主机装置中执行的一些应用,在某些情况下,和替换目标置换位置相同的SRR中的替换目标置4勤立置可能带来问题。 However, for some application executed in the host apparatus such as the AV system 120 ^ class, in some cases, replace the replacement target and replacement target SRR is set in the same position 4 can be a problem handling the upright. 首先,该问j!Dlf^H口下。 First, it asked j! At Dlf ^ H mouth.

图20是分别表示打开SRR弁1和SRR弁2以^4择在与替换目标置换:^jbNl同的SRR中的NWA以a缺陷和更新已经记录的数据的处理。 FIG 20 is respectively opened SRR 1 and SRR Bian Bian ^ 2 to 4 in the Optional Replacement and a replacement: ^ jbNl treated with the NWA of the SRR, and to update a defect already recorded data.

尤其是,图20(a)表示作为在该SRR中的缺陷的SRR #1中的阴影部分。 In particular, FIG. 20 (a) represents a hatched portion in SRR # 1 as the defect of the SRR. 假定, 在某个时间点地》止ADO变^NWA,并JL^iA^Jj&出将数据Dta写Wj^t4i止AD0 处的簇中的处理的请求。 Assume, at some point in time the "stop ADO becomes ^ NWA, and JL ^ iA ^ Jj & Dta a data write request processing Wj ^ t4i stop at a cluster of AD0. 在这种情况中,由于^^于地AtADO的^l:缺陷簇,所以^yt^换MJ:处理。 In this case, since the ground AtADO of ^^ ^ l: defective cluster, the transducer ^ yt ^ MJ: processing. 也f^3兌,要被写AJ'愤缺陷簇的数据DTa必须被实际写入到存在于SRR #1中的、作为紛会于如图所示的地址AD1的簇范围的簇范围中。 F ^ 3 also against, to be written AJ 'anger defective cluster data DTa to be written to actually present in the SRR # 1 as a cluster range to be divergent range of cluster address AD1 is shown in FIG. 在该情况中,存在于SRR #1中的、作为起始于^iitADl的簇范围的簇范围被称为替换地址处理的替换目标置换区。 In this case, the SRR # 1 is present in the, as a cluster range starting from ^ iitADl the cluster range is referred to as a replacement address of the replacement process of the replacement region.

在数据DTa被写AJ'j如上所述的簇范围之后,NWA移^Jj;likiiAD2。 After the data is written cluster DTa AJ'j range described above, NWA shift ^ Jj; likiiAD2. 因此,更新作为SRR弁l的LRA(i^记录的地址)的、在SRR # 1的SRR条目中记录的LRA。 Thus, as the updated SRR Bian l of LRA (i ^ recorded address), the entry recorded in the SRR SRR # 1 LRA.

盘驱动器更新如上所述的SRRI。 SRRI updated disk drive as described above. 然而,^it种情况中,在i^碌置中运行的一些应用可能不需要最新的NWA。 However, ^ it case, some of the applications running in i ^ busy home may not need the latest NWA. 因此,这种应用可以发出写命令而不NWA已经^X 新为J4iitAD2。 Therefore, this application can not issue a write command for the new NWA ^ X has J4iitAD2. 另夕卜,在指定:NkAhADl的写命令正等待要在盘驱动器中的命令队列上^f亍的,踏,NWA净iL^新并且不f沐消这种写命令。 Another Bu Xi, specified: NkAhADl write command is waiting for the disk drive command queue ^ f in the right foot, riding, the NWA and is not new net iL ^ f Mu eliminate such write command. 在这种情况中,数据可以被写A^赵会于地AhADl的区中。 In this case, data may be written to A ^ Zhao will be AhADl zones.

例如,存l^如图20(b)所示,在数据DTa^,其它数据DTbf皮写A^絲l上。 For example, FIG deposit l ^ 20 (b), in the data DTa ^, transdermal DTbf other data written on the wire A ^ l. 不恰当地^汰当前的NWAA将NWA从与先前的NWA—致的;M^止ADO移^t应于数据DTa的尺寸的距离而到ii^iitADl的结果,此时写数据DTa的相同应用发出写命令以将其它数据DTb写AJ'^i会于itkiihADl的簇。 ^ Eliminating improperly current NWAA NWA from the previous actuation of NWA-; M ^ t ^ stop ADO shift distance corresponding to the size and the data DTa to ii ^ iitADl result, when the write data is the same application DTa issuing a write command to write other data DTb AJ '^ i will be in the cluster itkiihADl. ^it种情况中,盘驱动^vf亍由图19所示的力tf呈图表示的处理。 ^ It in the case, the driving force of the disc shown in FIG. 19 tf ^ vf right foot was treated FIG representation. 然而,由于数据DTa已被实际写AJij勤台于^iihADl 的簇,所以扭行作为数据更新处理的数据写处理。 However, since the data has been actually written AJij DTa ground station in ^ iihADl clusters, so twisted line as the data updating process of writing data processing. 因此,数据DT1)^写A^赵台于it^止AD2的簇,其是实际的NWA。 Thus, the data DT1) ^ A ^ Zhao station stop writing AD2 clusters in it ^, which is the actual NWA. 在数据更新处理^,再次将NWA更新到^kJt止AD3并产生新的D0W条目。 ^ In the data updating process, to update the NWA ^ KJT again stop D0W AD3 and a new entry.

然而,i^^ii种情况中,在i^A^置中^/f询应用不需要最新的NWA。 However, i ^^ ii case, the centering i ^ A ^ ^ / f inquiry applications do not require the latest NWA. 因此 therefore

,再次不恰当地々汰当前的NWAA将NWA从与先前的NWA—致的^iiLADl移^i^f 应于数据DTb的尺寸的距离而到达i^止AD2的结果,此时相同的应用发出写命令以将其它数据写A^赵台于;l^iiAD2的簇中。 Again eliminating improperly 々 current NWAA removed from the NWA consistent with previous NWA- ^ iiLADl ^ i ^ f distance corresponding to the size of the data DTb i ^ reaches stop AD2 results, in which case the same application issues other write command to write data to Zhao station a ^; l ^ iiAD2 clusters. 因此,在下一数^i青求中指定^i止AD2 Thus, the stop AD2 specifies ^ i ^ i in the next number in seeking the Green

还是^il种情况中,盘驱动點W亍作为数据更新处理的数据写处理,其需要替换;l^止处理。 Or ^ il case, the disc drive point updating process data W right foot as a data writing process which requires replacement; l ^ stop process. 在该替换;l^她理中,其它数据被写Wj赵会于地iitAD3的簇,其是实际的NWA,以^该^:据更新处理之后,产生新的DOW。 In this alternative; L ^ her treatment, the additional data is written to the clusters will Wj iitAD3 Zhao, which is the NWA practical, to the ^ ^: After data updating process, to produce a new DOW.

也IU:说,在发出将数提写A^与先前写入的数据相同的SRR中的命令之前, 一些应用可能不需要最新的NWA。 Also IU: say, before issuing the number of A ^ and wrote the data previously written in the same SRR command, some applications may not need the latest NWA. 当这种应用发出^U亍数据写处理请求的数据写命令时,盘驱动器实际^W亍代替所请求的凝:据写处理的彩:据更新处理,白白地消:耗了用于记录新产生的DOW条目的区。 When this application issues a data write right foot ^ U data processing request write command, the actual right foot ^ W instead of the disk drive requested condensate: color data write process: data updating process, and simply consumption: consumption for recording new DOW entry area produced.

通过参考图21A、 21B衬2,下面的说明解释了考虑上述'l^^的数据写处理。 By reference to FIGS. 21A, 21B liner 2, consider the following description explains the data l ^^ 'writing process.

图22示出表示由系统控制1160#^亍的数据写处理的流程图。 Figure 22 shows a flowchart showing # ^ right foot 1160 of a data write process by the system control. 然而,由于步^F101 到F107和图19中所示的力W呈图的步剩目同,所以这些步骤的描述不再重复。 However, due to the force as a step W ^ F101 F107 shown in FIG. 19 and FIG step with the left eye, so the description of these steps will not be repeated.

在由图22所示的流程图表示的数据写处理的情况中,如果数据写请求中指定的;t^止是已经记录的A^止并iL^TDMA或者ArDMA中存在空闲区,为了^ft^换:^i止处理,处理的;^f!M续到步骤F108A。 In the case of the data shown in the flowchart of FIG. 22 showing the write process, if the data specified in the write request; t ^ stop is already recorded and the existence of idle stop A ^ iL ^ TDMA or ArDMA region, for ^ ft in other ^: ^ i stop treatment process; ^ f M continues to step F108A!. 在该步骤,检查SRR以产生关于NWA^:否被包括在不同于包括数椐写请求中所指定的地址的SRR的SRR中的确定结果。 In this step, to produce a check on SRR NWA ^: NO determination result is included in the SRR different from the SRR including the write request as noted in the number specified in the address.

应当注意的是,通常,至少2个SRR处于打开状态。 It should be noted that, in general, at least two SRR is open. 因此,在步骤F108A执行的处理中产生的确定结果几乎没有否定。 Accordingly, the determination result produced in the process of execution of step F108A almost no negative. 然而,如果包括在数据写请求中指定的地扯的SRR^单个的处于打开状态的SRR,那么在步骤F108A^f亍的处理中产生的确定结果是否定。 However, if the request includes a write data specified in a single pull of the SRR ^ the SRR in an open state, it is determined that the processing result produced at the step F108A ^ f is negative in the right foot. ^i^种情况中,处理的流程继续到步骤F107,在该步骤中,由该流牙l4 示的数据写处理的运4橫束之前,发送4綠消息到发出数据写请求的应用。 ^ I ^ case, the flow of the processing proceeds to step F107, in this step, cross-beam 4 before being transported data writing process shown by the flow teeth L4, sending a message 4 to the green data write request issued by the application.

另一方面,如果确定结果确^ANWA被包括在不同于包括数据写请求中所指定的地址的SRR的SRR中,处理的流程继续到步骤F109A,在该步骤,在数據写请求中想要的数据被写A^赵台于NWA的区中的其它SRR。 On the other hand, if the determination result ^ ANWA indeed be included in the data write request is different from the SRR including the address specified in the SRR, the flow of the processing proceeds to step F109A, in this step, the data write request in the desired the data is written to NWA Zhao station a ^ of the other region SRR. 也^|_说,^ftfM其它SRR中的区的^^94i止处a^作为彰:据更l斤处理。 Also ^ | _ say, ^ ftfM ^^ region 94i of the other stop at the SRR as a ^ Akira: l kg more data processing. 然后,在下一步^^F111, 4財居替换it^止处理来更新TDFL和TDDS。 Then, in the next step ^^ F111, 4 Choi ranking process Alternatively it ^ stop updating the TDFL and the TDDS. 其后,也同样更新用于作为替换目标置^SRR的SRR的内容的SRRI。 Thereafter, the update is also used as a replacement of the contents of the destination opposing ^ SRR is the SRR SRRI.

对于数据写请求,在由图22所示的i;^呈图表示的数据写处理中,数据写请求中 For a data write request, i shown in FIG. 22; FIG as a data writing processing represented ^, a data write request

指定的itkiih是已经记录的itkJt止,以及由jW^ff^换^AUh理以更新已经记絲该地址上的彩:才居。 Specified itkiih is already recorded itkJt stop, as well as by the jW ^ ff ^ ^ AUh change management has been credited to update the color on silk address: only residence. 应当注意的是,因为数据写请求中指定的地扯是缺陷区中的地扯,所以还可以以同样的方式来^^f^换MAh处理。 It should be noted that, because the data specified in the write request is to pull to pull the defective area, it may also be the same way ^^ f ^ MAh change process. 例如,f汰即^JU于将数据写到光盘l 上的处理的请求中指定的地扯是未记录的簇中的地址,该H由缺陷的,使得不可負^L确^Wf数据写入其中。 For example, f ^ JU i.e. elimination request to write data to the processing on the optical disc l is specified to pull address unrecorded cluster, the defect of H, so that not correct the negative ^ L ^ Wf data write among them. ^il种情况中,处理的^fJM续从步骤F103到步淑106 ,以在步骤F106和船的步骤中^i?3其它SRR中的区作为替换目标置换区来^^封目同的^^臭;ttkiit处理。 ^ IL case, the process from step F103 ^ FJM continued Shu to step 106, and step F106 to step ship in ^ i? 3 region of the other SRR as an alternative target displacement zone to mesh with the seal ^^ ^ ^ smelly; ttkiit process.

图21是分别表示在上述的数据写处理中执行的数据写处理的状态的图。 21 are diagrams showing a state of data write processing performed in the writing process of said data. 很像图20, SRRJ1和SRRJ2^—个都是打开的SRR。 Much like Figure 20, SRRJ1 and SRRJ2 ^ - two are open SRR.

在图21A中,fet在SRR弁l的阴影部分中伤则到缺P各簇并且要被写A^该缺陷簇的数据DTa因而经受到替换^it止处理。 In FIG. 21A, fet in the SRR Bian l maligned the hatched portion P to the lack of the clusters and the data to be written A ^ DTa of the defective cluster replacement ^ it thus subjected stop process. 如果在图22所示的替换^i止处理中选择另一SRR的NWA,则如图21A所示,数据DTa将被写到例如i4iilAD11,其^^作为另一SRR 的SRR弁2的NWA。 If the alternative shown in Fig. 22 i ^ selecting another of the SRR stop processing the NWA, it is shown in Figure 21A, the data will be written DTa e.g. i4iilAD11, which ^^ NWA of another SRR as SRR Bian 2. 因此,在替换;k^止处理中,数据DTa被^^^在开始于^iitAD11 的簇范围中,以;^SRRJ2的NWA^^新为^iiLAD12。 Thus, in alternative; k ^ stop processing, data DTa is beginning at ^^^ ^ iitAD11 cluster range to; ^ SRRJ2 to the new NWA ^^ ^ iiLAD12. 即,更新记絲作为SRRJ2 的LRA的SREJ2的SRR条目中的LRA。 That is, Renewal of wire as the LRA of SRR entries SRRJ2 SREJ2 in the LRA.

另一方面,^it种情况中,该应用正确地,汰,SRR并l中的NWA还没有^tt 新。 On the other hand, ^ it case, the application correctly, elimination, the NWA in the SRR and yet l ^ tt new. 如果该应用发出对将DTa^的数据DTb写到光盘l上而不需要获得最新的NWA 的处理的请求,该应用指定i^jtAD1,其被4汰为SRR并1的最新NWA。 If the application is sent to the data DTa ^ DTb is written without the need to obtain the latest NWA request process on the optical disc l, the application specifies i ^ jtAD1, which is 4 to eliminating the SRR and the latest NWA. 1. 因此,数据DTb^jE常^A^^f台于ADl的区中,以MRR # 1的NWA^^J斤为地》止AD2 Thus, data DTb ^ jE ^ A ^^ f often ADl station in the region to MRR # NWA ^^ J 1 kg of the "stop AD2

也tU3兌,该应用没有4t^M〖l^NWAA具有通过前面通过参考图20解^H列子的情况。 TU3 also against, the application is not 4t ^ M 〖l ^ NWAA by having the front case 20 by reference to FIG solution of ^ H Liezi. 因此,可以解决由不必需的DOW条目的产生所导致的问题。 Thus, the problem can be solved by the generation of unnecessary DOW entries caused.

应当注意的是,^jfeii种情况中,在没有被该应用知道的情况下,SRR弁2的NWA 可以祐义新。 It should be noted, ^ jfeii kinds of cases, without being aware of the application, SRR Bian NWA 2 can woo new meaning. 如fit过将数据写到不同于作为数据写请求的源目标的SRR的SRR中来^ff4"换:^处理,本质上,该应用正确地预先推断出关于目标SRR的信息。这是因为更新其它SRR并2的NWA的处理不影响由该应用"i^亍的正确推断,该推断作为关于目标SRR #1的信息的推断。 The fit is too different from the source to write data to the target as a data write request to the SRR is the SRR ^ ff4 "transducer: ^ process, in essence, the previously applied correctly deduce information about the target because the SRR updated. other process NWA SRR and 2 by the application does not affect the "i ^ infer a right foot of the estimation target information as estimation about the SRR # 1. 5-3:数絲处理 5-3: Number of wire processing

下面,通过参考图23中所示的力財呈图,下面描^^释了由系乡雄制H60i^亍以从安^t^盘驱动器上的Ml再JJI^t据的处理。 Next, by the force of FIG was Choi shown in FIG. 23 with reference to the following description made ^^ release processing by the system in a rural right foot male H60i ^ ^ t ^ from the safety disc drive further JJI ^ t Ml data.

假定系统控制點0从诸如AV系统120^类的^^^置接jJ^t从一个:l^止读出数据的处理的请求,其中在该请求中指定作为逻辑扇区地JtjtN的该地址。 The system is assumed as the control point 0 from the counter contact ^^^ ^ jJ AV system 120 from a class ^ t: the address processing l ^ stop request to read data, which is specified in the request as a logical sector of the JtjtN .

^ii种请求中,系统控制^60启动由图23所示的流程图表示的处理。 ^ II species request, the system controller 60 starts processing ^ flowchart shown in FIG. 23 indicated. 如图所示,流程图开始于步骤F201,在该步骤中,系统控制E60参考包括在请求中所指定的逻辑扇区岫扯N的SRR的SRRI以便在下一步骤F202才Ae^i处理中产生 As illustrated, the flowchart begins with a step F201, in this step, the system controller E60 reference included in the request the specified logical sector of the SRR Xiu pull SRRI N Ae At next step was to F202 ^ i generated Processing

关于指定的她扯是否是已经记录的地址的确定结果。 She pulled on the designated determine whether the results have been recorded address. M而言,首先,由主才^置指定的逻辑扇区地iitN被转M物理扇区地扯N'。 M, first, only the main ^ opposed to the logical sector specified iitN M physical sector is transferred to pull N '. 通过^iif^TDDS中的、作为用户数提区的勤会物^i区^kAt的赵台物理扇区地》#逻辑扇区i4iiLN相加,可以# 址转换中戟到物理扇区地扯N'。 By the ^ iif ^ TDDS, as was the number of users will frequently stripping zone region of ^ i ^ kAt Zhao physical sector to "logical sector # i4iiLN addition, conversion can citrifolia # access to the physical sector to pull N '. 然后,从物理扇区地址N',获得SRR编号和由该编号标识的SRR条目。 Then, N from the physical sector address', obtained by the SRR number and identification number of the SRR entries. SRR条目指示出在物賴区i4i止N'上是否已经记录了数据。 SRR entry indicates whether data has been recorded in the area was Lai stop i4i N 'on.

如#指定的地址上没有记录数据,则处理的a^m步骤F202进行到步骤F203 ,在步骤F203,向主才碌£^送4射吴消息以通知主机装置所指定的地扯是#^^止 If not on the # specified address data is recorded, the process of a ^ m step F202 to step F203, in step F203, was busy the main £ ^ send four exit Wu message to notify the host device designated to pull a # ^ ^ stop

另一方面,如f^指定的地址已经记录了数悟,则处理的流《纵步骤F202进行到步骤F204,在步骤F204,在TDFL中搜索包^1乍为替换目标源地址的所指定地址的DOW或者DFL条目以使在下一步骤F205执行的处理中产生作为关于所指定的地扯 On the other hand, such as F ^ specified address has been recorded number of Wu, the process flow of the "vertical step F202 to step F204, in step F204, the TDFL in the search packet ^ 1 at first as a replacement source address specified by the address the DOW or DFL entry generated so as to pull on the designated process at the next step F205 executed

是否是完成了替换:N^止处理的地址的确定结果的确定结果。 Whether it is a complete replacement: result determination result of the determination process of the stop address N ^.

如^下一步骤F205"^f亍的处理中产生的确定结果指示所指定的地址不是完成替换it^她理的地址,逸逸过由不存在g作为替换目标源地址的物理扇区地扯N ,的DOW和DFL条目的事实来证实,则处理的^fm步骤F205进行到步骤F206,在步骤F206, A^斤指定的她扯读出数据,將it^诸如AV系统120^类的主M置。 然后,结束由该-;^a示的处理的^y亍。 ^ The next step F205 "indicating the determination result of the processing of the right foot ^ F generated by the specified address is not complete replacement IT ^ her physical address, Yi Yi through g absence of a target as a replacement source address of the physical sector to pull N, the DOW and DFL entries confirmed the fact, the process of ^ FM step F205 to step F206, in step F206, a ^ pounds pull her designated read data, such as the main AV system IT ^ 120 ^ class M is then set, by the end of the -;. ^ y ^ a right foot illustrated process.

因此,扭常再i舰理中,賴户数据区读出数据。 Thus, often twisted and then i ship management, the read data depends on the user data area.

另一方面,如果在下一步骤F205"i^亍的处理中产生的确定结果指示所指定的地址;l^成替^kiit处理的地扯,逸逸过由DOW和DFL条目包括怍为替换目标源地3止的物理扇区地AtN'的事实来证实,则处理的流-m步骤F205进行到步骤F207,在步骤F207,从被^it在DOW或者DFL条目中的替换目标置换i^止读出数据,#送到诸如AV系统120^类的主才;i^置。然后,结束由该流牙1^示的处理的进行。 On the other hand, if the determination result indicates that the generated "i ^ right foot of the processing of the next step F205 in the address specified; l ^ to ^ kiit for processing to pull, Yi Yi through by DOW and DFL entry including a replacement for the ashamed source 3 to stop physical sector AtN 'confirmed the fact, the process flow -m step F205 to step F207, in step F207, the target is replaced ^ it DOW or DFL entry is replaced i ^ stop read data, such as AV # sent to the host system 120 before class ^; ^ I set then ends by the stream 1 ^ tooth illustrated process.

因此,甚至在数据已经^fiL^新之后发出作为对所更新的数悟的再现的请求的数 Thus, even in the data has been sent ^ as a request for the updated reproduction number Wu after the number of new FIL ^

絲请求的情况中,通过^M亍上m理,可以正确34^m^新的数据^H^liij主机装置。 Where wire request by the right foot on the m ^ M Li, 34 ^ m ^ correctly new data ^ H ^ liij host device.

5-4: ATDMA检测处理 5-4: ATDMA detection processing

通过参考图24中所示的流程,下面说明解射o下处理,所i^h理由系统控制器 Through the process shown in reference to FIG. 24, described below O solution treatment at the exit, the system controller grounds i ^ h

6045fL行以当具有图16所示的格式的Ml》iti在盘驱动器上时检查ArDMA的存在。 Ml 6045fL format having rows as shown in FIG. 16 "iti ArDMA when checking for the presence on the disc drive.

4i^具有如图16所示的、包括ATOMA和不包^^换区的格式的光盘l已经^i文置在盘驱动器上。 4i ^ having shown in FIG. 16, not including the packet format and ATOMA change area disc ^^ l ^ i has been placed herein on the disk drive.

图24中所示的流程图开始于步骤F301,在该步骤,系统控制H60从盘驱动器上方«的储1再现&^在图16所示的格式中的TDMA的TDMA指示器,以便在下一步骤F302lAi亍的处理中产生关于簇CLl是否包含ATDMA指示器的确定结果。 Flowchart shown in FIG. 24 starts at step F301, in this step, the system control H60 «upward from the disk drive 1 reproduces reservoir & ^ TDMA format shown in FIG. 16 TDMA indicators in the next step for F302lAi right foot is generated in the processing result of the determination on whether to include clusters CLl ATDMA indicator.

如果^CL1不包含AIDMA指示器,则处理的^fm步骤F302进行到步骤F303 ,在步骤F303,为了从TDMA信息获得关于光盘1的AIDMA的信息^^CL2读取TDMA信息。 ^ Fm step if AIDMA ^ CL1 does not contain an indicator, then the process proceeds to step F303 to F302, in step F303, in order to obtain information about the AIDMA ^^ CL2 is the optical disc 1 to read information from the TDMA TDMA information. 关于ATDMA的信息;^ArDMA的赵台位置和尺寸。 Information on the ATDMA; Zhao station location and size of the ^ ArDMA. 然后,在下一步骤F304,从TDMA^得最新的TDMS。 Then, F304, was the latest TDMS ^ from TDMA in the next step.

也f^i兌,不包含ATDMA指示器的蔟CL1还指示最新TDMS^在于TDMA中并JLii没有数粉eJ^ATDMA中。 F ^ i also against, does not contain ATDMA indicator nest CL1 further indicates that the latest TDMS ^ JLii TDMA and not the number of the powder eJ ^ ATDMA. 因此,从TDMA读出最新的TDMS。 Therefore, read the latest TDMS from TDMA. A/^:新的TDMS 获得的TDDS、 SRRI和TDFU皮传it^高速緩冲,器60a,使得可以在随后的记录和再舰理中从高速緩沖賴^60a读出TDDS、 SRRI和1TDFL。 A / ^: TDDS new TDMS obtained, the SRRI and the skin pass it ^ TDFU cache, device 60a, such that the cache from the read TDDS Lai ^ 60a in subsequent recording and processing of the ship, the SRRI and TDFL.

应当注意的是,记录/再S^置可能不負^^CL2读取TDMA信息。 It should be noted that the recording / S ^ ^^ CL2 counter might read assumes TDMA information. ^il种情况中,不能识别AIDMA的存在。 In case il ^, does not recognize the presence of AIDMA. 然而,AIDMA的起始位置具有大于记^^TDDS 中的絲逻辑地址的值的值,作为用户数据区的t^逻辑i^jh(或者用户数據区的最后LSN)。 However, the starting position AIDMA filaments having a value larger than the logical address ^^ TDDS in mind, as the user data area t logic ^ i ^ jh (or the last LSN of the user data area). 而且,逻辑:N^脉对应于逻辑i^止的物aiW止之间的关系不存在变化,以及不^0f亍从该部分渎出数据和将数据写入该部分的处理。 Further, the logic: N ^ i ^ pulse corresponding to the logical relationship between object aiW only just no change, and no ^ 0f the right foot ditch process and the data written to the data portion from the portion. 因此,维持了记录/再现的兼容性。 Thus, to maintain compatibility with the recording / reproduction.

^J:l可以^M在不能识别ATDMA的记录/再5l^置上。 ^ J: l ^ M can not recognize the ATDMA of the recording / 5l ^ then set on. ^ii种情况中,当TDMA已经^C^新到它的端部时,记录/再ifJ^置不能再更ltTDMA并由此可肯娥行关闭光盘l的处理,也li^说,阻jhii—步写处理的处理。 ^ Ii case, when the TDMA has ^ C ^ New when its end, the recording / ifJ ^ set and can not thus be more willing ltTDMA Row E l closing disc also li ^ said barrier jhii - processing step writing process.

另一方面,如M步骤F302^a亍的处理中产生的确定结果指示ArDMA指示器已经被记^^蔟CL1中,则处理的流^M续到步骤F305,在该步骤,系g制點0 i。 On the other hand, in step F302 ^ M as a result of processing a determination of the right foot indicating ArDMA produced flow indicator have been credited ^^ CL1 nest, the process of ^ M continues to step F305, at which the point system based g 0 i. x^出AIDMA指示器簇的中心。 x ^ a center AIDMA indicator clusters.

然后,处理的^f魏续到步骤F306,在该步骤,系^^空制H60产生关于AIDMA 是否存在的确定结果。 Then, ^ f Wei processing continues to step F306, at which the pneumatic brake system ^^ H60 AIDMA produce a result of determination of the presence or absence. 如果确定结果指示ATDMA存在,那么处理的^f呈继续到步骤F309,在该步骤,获舶SA(夕Np^用区)中的TDMA的尺寸或者OSA的尺寸,以得到ATDMA的尺寸。 If the determination result indicates that the ATDMA exists, then the process continues to step was ^ f F309, at which the ship is eligible SA (Np ^ Xi by area) size or the size of the TDMA in the OSA, to obtain the size of the ATDMA. 在解释图17所示的TDMA信,lr^前已经提到了OSA中的TDMA的尺寸和OSA的尺寸。 In the TDMA channel shown in FIG. 17 explained, lr ^ already mentioned before, the size and the size of the OSA in the TDMA in the OSA. 然后^LAA(数據区的^ADIPi^止)R^ArDMA的^会i^止。 Then ^ LAA (^ ADIPi ^ stop data area) R ^ ArDMA of ^ ^ I will stop. its

后,A^ATDMA^得最新的TDMS。 After, A ^ ATDMA ^ get the latest TDMS.

也就是说,记f^蔟CLl中的ATDMA指示器指示最新的TDMS^在于ATDMA 中,以便可以从ATDMA获得最新的TDMS。 In other words, write f ^ nest CLl in ATDMA indicator indicates that the latest TDMS ^ ATDMA so that you can get the latest TDMS from ATDMA. 乂A^:新的TDMS获得的TDDS、 SRRI和TDFU皮传跌高速緩冲絲^60a,以便可以在船的记f^再JM理中从高速緩冲M^60a读出TDDS、 SRRI和TDFL。 Qe A ^: TDDS new TDMS obtained, SRRI and TDFU sheath filaments pass down the cache ^ 60a, so that the boat can be written f ^ JM processor then reads from the cache TDDS M ^ 60a, SRRI and TDFL .

应当注意的是, 一些记录/再3^置可以4^则记W^蔟CL1中的ATDMA指示器的值和最新TDMS^间的参数不匹S己,因此可以阻止数据写处理。 It should be noted that some of the recording / reproducing can be 4 ^ 3 ^ facing the note value and the latest TDMS ATDMA indicator W is ^ ^ nest CL1 of parameters do not match between the S-hexyl, and therefore the data writing process can be prevented. 然而,甚^il 种i谅/再J躲置的情况中,还维持了最小的记录/再现的兼容性。 However, even where ^ il understanding species i / J and then hide the opposite, also maintains the minimum recording / reproducing compatibility.

如a步骤F306^y亍的处理中产生的确定结果指示ATDMA存在,如由记# 簇CL1中的ATDMA指示器所证实的,但是i^殳有设XAIDMA的尺寸,以及如^/斤有信息也已经被记^iDMA中,处理的^mM续到步骤F307,在该步骤,Ml上的TDMA的整个区被确定为已经^^全用于记录信息。 As a result of the determination process in step F306 ^ y generated in the right foot indicating ATDMA exists, referred to as the # ATDMA indicator cluster CL1 is confirmed, but I have provided XAIDMA ^ Shu size, and as ^ / kg information ^ iDMA also been referred to, the processing continues to step F307 ^ mM, is determined in this step, the entire area of ​​the TDMA ^^ Ml is already full for recording information. "^iU:说,确^J6盘1已经完成了最^fft处理。鉴于此,在下一步骤F308执行的处理中,从DMA荻得包括DDS、 SRRI和DFL的最新DMS并传i^高速緩冲,器60a,以便可以在随后的记#再5統理中从高速緩冲賴H60a读出DDS、 SRRI和DFL。 6:包^#换区的数4射己录/再1^理6-1:数据写处理的第一例子下面,通过参考图25所示的;叙呈图,下面说明解释了由用于具有如图l(a)所示的包换区的格式的M 1的实施例^M亍的数据写处理。 "^ IU:. Said indeed ^ J6 disk 1 has completed most ^ fft processing In view of this, in the process of the next step F308 executed from the DMA Di obtained including the latest DMS DDS, SRRI and the DFL and passed i ^ cache Chong, device 60a, from the cache to be read out depends H60a DDS, SRRI and referred to in subsequent DFL # processing system 5 then 6: 4 number of outgoing packets have recorded exchange zone # ^ / ^ 1 further treatment 6 -1: a first data writing process following example, shown by reference to FIG. 25; FIG Syria form, the following description explains the format of a replacement area for having shown in Figure l (a), of M 1 Example right foot ^ M data writing process.

应当注意的是,还是^il种情况中,在将^f亍下述数据写处理的时间点,光盘1已经被安方錄盘驱动器上,并且已纟!Mi己絲光盘1上的TDMA将TDDS、 TDFL 和SRRI复制到高速緩冲存储器60a。 It should be noted, or ^ il case, when the one has a point of time ^ f right foot following the data writing process, the optical disk is Anfang recording disk drives, and have Si! The TDMA on 1 Mi has filaments Discs TDDS, TDFL and SRRI copied into the cache memory 60a.

而且,当盘驱动器从i^口AV系统120之类的主才;i^置接JJ^,j数据写请,j^ / 或数絲请求时,在数据写和/或读处理之前盘驱动11#^为数据写和/或读处理的目标的地址的、在请求中所指定的逻辑扇区地At(LSN)^化^i勿理扇区地iit(PSN), 并且以和具有如上所述的不包^^换区的格式的M 1相同方i^簇单元中扭行数据写和/或读处理。 Further, when the disk drive from i ^ port AV system master only 120 or the like; when i ^ opposing contact JJ ^, j data write request, j ^ / or the number of filaments request, prior to data writing and / or reading process disk drive ^ # 11 and a data write address / or the target read processing, in the request to the specified logical sector at (LSN) ^ ^ I do processing of the sector iit (PSN), as described above and in having ^^ format does not include the exchange zone the same manner i ^ M 1 cluster unit of data rows torsional writing and / or reading process.

假定在盘驱动器中采用的系,制器60从诸如AV系统120之类的主才;i^置接收指定作为数据写处理的目标的^iih的、i^止N(或者逻辑扇区iikJt止N,其中N是32 的倍数)的数据写请求。 Assumed based, system device 60 employed in the disk drive from the host only as the AV system 120 and the like; i ^ means receives specified as the data writing target processing ^ iih of, i ^ stopper N (or a logical sector iikJt stop N, where N is a multiple of 32) the data write request.

在这种情况中,系统控制器60启始由图25所示的流程图表示的数據写处理。 Data in this case, the flowchart shown in FIG. 60 starting system controller 25 indicates the write process. 如图所示,流程图开始于步骤F401,在该步骤,从高速緩冲存储器60a读出最近更新的SRRI。 As shown, the flowchart begins with a step F401, at which the updated latest SRRI is read out from the cache memory 60a. 然后,在下一步骤F402执行的处理中,检查SRRI以产生关于所指定的地址是已经记录的地址还是未记录的地址的确定结果,也就是说, 在所指定地址处的簇中是否已经记录了数据。 Then, the processing at the next step F402 performed, it is checked SRRI to produce a result of determination is the address of the specified address has been recorded or unrecorded address, that is, at the specified address is already recorded in the cluster data. 已经记录的地址是其上已经记录数据的地址,以及未记录的地址是其上还没有记录数据的地址。 Already recorded address is the address on which data has been recorded, and an unrecorded address is an address on which data is recorded yet.

也就是说,在步骤F401执行的处理中,在SRRI中搜索包括指定地址的SRR的SRR条目,在下一步骤F402执行的处理中,搜寻的结果被用于产生关于SRRI是否具有包括指定地址的SRR的SRR条目的确定结果。 That is, in the process of step F401 is performed in the SRR entries in the SRRI includes SRR searching the specified address, the next step F402 in the processing performed, the search results are used to generate the SRRI on whether the SRR including the specified address determine the result of the SRR entry.

具体而言,首先,在步骤F401执行的处理中,由主机装置指定的逻辑扇区地址N被转换成物理扇区地址N'。 Specifically, first, the processing in step F401 is performed in the host device specified by the logical sector address N is converted into a physical sector address N '. 然后,将物理扇区地址N'和SRR条目中描述的地址进行比较,以获得SRR号和由该号标识的、作为对应于物理扇区地址N'的SRR条目的SRR条目。 Then, the physical sector address N 'address of the SRR entries and the description is compared to obtain the SRR number and identified by number, corresponding to a physical sector address N' of the SRR entry SRR entry.

然后,在下一步骤F402执行的处理中,对应于数据写请求中指定的逻辑扇区地址N的物理扇区地址N'和包^"在所获得的、对应SRR的SRR条目中的LRA比较。SRR条目指示在对应于数据写请求中指定的逻辑扇区地址N 的物理扇区地址N'上是否已经记录了数据。也就是说,小于SRR的NWA 的物理扇区地址1ST指示在对应于数据写请求中指定的逻辑扇区地址N的物理扇区地址N'上已经记录了数据。从记录在SRR条目中的LRA中可以找到鼎A 。 Then, the processing at the next step F402 executed, the data corresponding to the write request in the logical sector address N specified by the physical sector address N 'and packages ^ "obtained in comparison to the corresponding SRR SRR entry LRA. SRR entry indicating the data specified in the write request corresponding to the logical sector address N of the physical sector address N 'is already recorded on the data. That is, smaller than the physical sector address 1ST NWA of the SRR is indicated in the data corresponding to the the write request in the logical sector address N specified by the physical sector address N 'data has been recorded from the LRA recorded in the SRR entry can be found in a tripod.

如果对应于数据写请求中指定的逻辑扇区地址N的物理扇区地址N'等于指示附录记录点的NWA,则物理扇区地址N'指示在物理扇区地址N'上还没有记录数据。 If the data corresponding to the write request in the logical sector address N specified by the physical sector address N 'is equal to the recording dot indicates Appendix NWA, the physical sector address N' indicates the physical sector address N 'data is not recorded yet. 在这种情况中,处理的流程从步骤F403到进行到步骤F404, 在步骤F404,数据被写入到物理扇区地址N'。 In this case, the flow from step F403 to the processing proceeds to step F404, in step F404, data is written to a physical sector address N '.

也就是说,在这种情况中,在执行数据写处理的写命令中指定的地址不是已经记录的地址。 In other words, in this case, in the implementation process of writing data write command specified address is not already recorded address. 因此,正常地执4亍数据写处理。 Therefore, normally perform data writing process right foot 4. 然而,如果由于光盘l 上的损坏或者其它原因导致在数据写处理中产生错误,那么相反可以^/ff^换舰处理。 However, if due to damage or other reasons on the optical disc l results in an error in the data writing process, it may instead ^ / ff ^ ship exchange process.

首先,在步骤F404^^亍的处理中,系M4空制器60^y刊夺数据写A^雄l的指定Miit上的控制。 First, in the process in step F404 ^^ right foot, M4 based system for air 60 ^ y TV capture data write control on the specified Miit A ^ l of the male. M而言,系统控制器60将拾取器51移动到所指定的地址以访问该^h^fie^^数据,在该iikJt止,该数据被写到光盘l上。 For M, the system controller 60 moves the pickup 51 to the specified address to access the data ^ h ^ fie ^^, the iikJt stop, the data is written on the optical disc l.

如^jE常地完錄据写处理,处舰步骤簡进行到步骤F405,在该步骤, ^f^在高速緩沖存储器60a中的SRRI被更新以反映将数据附录记录到SRR 中。 As is often the complete ^ jE recording data write processing, at step ship simply proceeds to step F405, in this step, ^ f ^ SRRI in the cache memory 60a is updated to reflect the data recorded in the SRR Appendix. 然后,如果需要,也就是说,如果存在更新记录在光盘1上的SRRI的机会,那么也更新记录在光盘1上的SRRI。 Then, if needed, that is to say, if there is the opportunity to update records on the optical disc 1 SRRI, then also update SRRI recorded on the optical disc 1. 也就是说,TDMS更新单元被记录在光盘1上。 That is, TDMS update unit is recorded on the optical disc 1.

最后,结束为写请求所执行的处理。 Finally, the processing is performed by the end of the write request.

应当注意的是,如果写请求中指定的物理扇区地址N'大于SRR的NWA, 那么向发出写请求的装置传送非法参数错误。 It should be noted that the write request is specified if the physical sector address N 'is greater than the SRR NWA, then the writing means issues a transfer request to the illegal parameter error. 然而,图25所示的流程图没有示出写请求中指定的物理扇区地址N'大于SRR的NWA的情况。 However, the flowchart shown in FIG. 25 shows a case where the write request is not specified in the physical sector address N 'is greater than the NWA of the SRR.

如果在步骤F403执4亍的处理中产生的确定结果指示对写处理的请求中所指定的地址是已经记录的地址,那么根据数据写请求而要被写入到光盘1 的数据不能被写入到所指定的地址。 If the determination result produced in the process of step F403 is performed in the right foot 4 indicates a request for a write processing address specified in the address is already recorded, then the write request data to be written to the optical disc 1, data can not be written to the address specified. 在这种情况中,处理的流程继续到步骤F406。 In this case, the flow of the processing proceeds to step F406.

首先,在步骤F406执行的处理中,检查包括ATDMA的TDMA以产生关于TDMA(和ATDMA)是否已经被全部用于记录信息的确定结果。 First, the process performed in step F406, the TDMA checks include ATDMA to produce a result of determination whether the TDMA (and the ATDMA) have been all used for recording information. 如果在包括ATDMA的TDMA没有更多的有效和空闲区,那么将不能再执行替换地址处理。 If there are no more valid and free area in the TDMA including ATDMA, then the address will no longer perform the replacement process. 在这种情况中,处理的流程继续到步骤F407,在该步骤,响应于该请求而向发出数据写请求的装置发送错误消息。 In this case, the flow of the processing proceeds to step F407, in this step, in response to the write request means for sending an error message sent to the data request.

另一方面,如果在包括ATDMA的TDMA中仍然存在有效和空闲区,则处理的流程继续到步骤F408,在该步骤中产生关于是否存在替换区的确定结果,即,作为足够大的用于执行替换地址处理的区的包括在ISA或者OSA中的足够的空闲区。 On the other hand, if there is still a valid and free area in the TDMA including the ATDMA process in the flow proceeds to step F408, to produce a result of determination whether there is a replacement area in this step, i.e., for performing a sufficiently large replacement address processing region includes sufficient free area in the ISA or in the OSA.

通过参考当前有效的TDDS可以产生这种确定结果。 By reference to the TDDS can effectively generate this determination result. 如前面通过参考图8所述,在TDDS的字节位置1216到1219处的4个字节被用于记录在ISA 中的下一可用扇区的地址,而在TDDS的字节位置1220到1223处的4个字节被用于记录在OSA中的下一可用扇区的地址。 As previously said with reference to FIG. 8, an address is recorded in the next available sector in the ISA in the TDDS 4 bytes at byte positions 1216 to 1219, and the byte position in the TDDS 1220-1223 4 bytes at the address recorded in the OSA is used for the next available sector. 从所记录的地址,可以确定ISA和OSA中的可用区的状态。 From the recorded address, to determine the status of the ISA and the OSA available area. 作为替换,还可以参考在TDDS的字节位置52处记录的备用区全标记以产生这种确定结果。 Alternatively, reference may also spare area full flag 52 recorded TDDS at byte position to produce such a determination result. 如前面通过参考图4所示的DDS所述,使用备用区全标记以指示ISA和OSA已经被完全用完。 As previously by the DDS shown in FIG. 4, using a full spare area flag to indicate the ISA and OSA has been completely used up. 也就是说,在所有替换区被用完的时间点,设置备用区全标记。 That is, at the time point are used up all the spare area, the spare area set Mark all.

如果在步骤F408执^f亍的处理中产生的确定结果指示存在包括在ISA或者OSA中的、作为用于执4亍替换地址处理的足够大的区的足够的空闲区,那么 If the determination result indicates the presence of ^ f generated in the processing executed in step F408 of the right foot is included in the ISA or in the OSA, as a sufficiently large area for performing the processing of the replacement address right foot 4 sufficient free area, then

处理的流程继续到步骤F409。 Process flow continues to step F409.

在这种情况中,采用起始于作为替换目标置换区的ISA或者OSA中的下一记录地址的区,通过执行替换地址处理,可以记录根据数据写请求要被写 In this case, as an alternative to using the next recording start address of the ISA or OSA in the target displacement zone area, the replacement address by performing processing, the data may be recorded according to the write request to be written

入到光盘1上的数据。 Into the data on the optical disk 1.

然后处理的流程继续到步骤F410,在该步骤,执^f亍必须的更新处理。 Then the flow of processing continues to step F410, at which the Executive ^ f right foot must update process.

也就是说,由于执行了作为数据更新处理的数据写处理,因此通过执行如上所述的替换地址处理,记录根据数据写请求要被写入到光盘1的数据。 That is, since data update processing is performed as the data write process, and therefore the replacement address by performing processing as described above, according to the data recording write requests data to be written to the optical disc 1. 因此,必须在TDFL中列入新的DOW条目。 Therefore, it must be included in the new DOW entry in the TDFL. 具体而言,有必要产生描述作为替换目标源地址的、对应于数据写请求中指定的逻辑扇区地址的物理扇区地址N'和作为替换目标置换地址的、包括ISA或者OSA中的作为在步骤F409执行的数据写处理的实际目标区的区的地址的DOW条目。 Specifically, it is necessary to generate a target is described as a replacement source address corresponding to the physical sector address data of the write request to the logical sector address specified in the N 'and as a replacement address of replacement, including the ISA or the OSA as DOW entry address area of ​​the actual target zone of step F409 to perform data writing process. 因此,充当DOW条目的替换目标源地址的物理扇区地址N'是其上已经记录先前的数据的地址。 Thus, the physical sector address DOW entries serving as a replacement source address N 'is the previous data has been recorded on the address.

如上所述,通过在TDFL上列出新DOW条目来更新所述TDFL。 As described above, by listing a new DOW entry on the TDFL updating the TDFL. 而且, 由于更新了TDFL,所以TDDS也被更新了。 Moreover, since the updated TDFL, TDDS it has also been updated.

也就是说,在步骤F410执行的处理中,首先,更新存储在高速緩冲存储器60a中的TDFL和TDDS。 That is, in the processing executed in step F410, first, the TDFL and the TDDS update is stored in the cache memory 60a is. 然后,产生根据TDFL和TDDS的更新的TDMS 更新单元并且递增地记录在光盘1上的TDMA或者ATDMA中。 Then, generated according to the updated TDFL and the TDDS and the TDMS update unit is recorded incrementally TDMA or ATDMA on the optical disk 1.

另一方面,如果在步骤F408执行的处理中产生的确定结果指示在ISA或者OSA中没有足够的空闲区,作为用于执行替换地址处理的足够大的区,那么执行使用用户数据区的替换地址处理。 On the other hand, if the determination result produced in the process of step F408 is performed as indicated there is not enough free area in the ISA or the OSA as an area large enough for performing address replacement process, the replacement address is executed using the user data area deal with.

在这种情况中,处理的流程继续到步骤F411,在该步骤产生关于目标SRR 是否包括NWA的确定结果。 In this case, the flow of the processing proceeds to step F411, to produce a result of determination whether or not the target SRR includes an NWA in this step. 目标SRR是在步骤F401执行的处理中发现的SRR或者包括上述的替换目标源地址的SRR。 Certain SRR found in the process of step F401 is performed in the above-described SRR or an SRR including a replacement source address. 也就是说,在该步骤,为了产生关于目标SRR是打开的还是关闭的确定结果,系统控制器60参考SRRI 报头中的信息。 That is, in this step, in order to produce about the target SRR is open or closed determination result, the system controller 60 with reference to information SRRI header.

如果该确定结果指示SRR是打开的,那么处理的流程继续到步骤F412, 在该步骤,根据数据写请求要被写入到光盘1上的数据被记录在起始于NWA 的区中。 If the determination result indicates that the SRR is open, the flow of the processing proceeds to step F412, in this step, according to the data write request to be written into the data area is recorded starting from the NWA in the optical disc 1. 然后,处理的流程继续到步骤F414,在该步骤,执4亍所需的更新处理。 Then, the flow of the processing proceeds to step F414, at which the right foot 4 perform update processing required.

在这种情况中,通过使用目标SRR中的区执行替换地址处理。 In this case, the processing performed by the replacement address of the SRR using the target region. 由此,通 Thus, through

过将DOW条目添加到TDFL来更新TDFL以及通过更新SRR条目来更新SRRI。 DOW had to add an entry to the TDFL is updated TDFL and SRRI updated by updating the SRR entry. 然后,TDDS因此也被更新了。 Then, TDDS therefore also been updated. 也就是说,在步骤F414执行的处理中, 首先,更新存储在高速緩沖存储器60a中的TDFL、 SRRI和TDDS。 That is, in the processing executed in step F414, first, to update the TDFL stored in the cache memory 60a is, the SRRI and the TDDS. 然后, 产生根据TDFL的更新的TDMS更新单元、SRRI和TDDS并且递增地记录在光盘1上的TDMA或者ATDMA中。 Then, according to the updated TDFL is generated TDMS update units, the SRRI and the TDDS is recorded and increments the TDMA or ATDMA on the optical disk 1.

另一方面,如果在步骤F411执行的处理中产生的确定结果指示目标SRR 是关闭的,那么处理的流程继续到步骤F413。 On the other hand, if the determination result produced in the process of the step F411 indicates that the target SRR executed is closed, the flow of the processing proceeds to step F413. 在该步骤,根据数据写请求要被写入到光盘1上的数据被记录到开始于打开SRR的NWA中的最大NWA 的区中。 In this step, according to the data write request to be written to the maximum data is recorded in the NWA of the open SRR NWA in the zone on the optical disk 1.

当完成记录数据的处理时,处理的流程继续到步骤F414,在该步骤,执行上述所需的更新处理。 Upon completion of the data recording process, the flow of the processing proceeds to step F414, at which the above-described update processing required. 也就是说,在步骤F414执行的处理中,首先,更新存储在高速緩沖存储器60a中的TDFL、 SRRI和TDDS。 That is, in the processing executed in step F414, first, to update the TDFL stored in the cache memory 60a is, the SRRI and the TDDS. 然后,产生根据TDFL 的更新的TDMS更新单元、SRRI和TDDS并且递增地记录在光盘1上的TDMA或者ATDMA中。 Then, according to the updated TDFL is generated TDMS update units, the SRRI and the TDDS is recorded and increments the TDMA or ATDMA on the optical disk 1.

如上所述,图25所示的流程图表示,为了响应于对将数据写入到正好是已经记录的地址的地址的处理的请求而更新数据所执行的替换地址处理。 As described above, showing the flowchart shown in FIG. 25, in response to a request for processing to write data to an address that has been recorded is just the address of the replacement address data updating process executed. 然而,应当注意的是,为了响应于将数据写入到正好是缺陷区中的地址的地址的处理的请求而更新数据,还可以以相同的方式执行替换地址处理。 However, it should be noted that, in order to write data in response to the requesting process is just the address of the defective area and the address of the update data, the replacement address processing may also be performed in the same manner.

例如,假定,即使对于将数据写到光盘1上的处理的请求中所指定的地址是未记录的簇中的地址,但是娱是有缺陷的,使得不可能将数据正确地写入其中。 For example, assume that, even if the address is unrecorded cluster, but is defective entertainment for processing the request to write data on the optical disk 1 specified address, so that the data can not be correctly written. 在这种情况中,处理的流程从步骤F403进行到步骤F406,在该步骤和随后的步骤中执行相同的替换地址处理。 In this case, the flow of the processing proceeds from step F403 to step F406, the replacement address processing executed in the same step and the subsequent step.

然而,在对于这种缺陷簇执行替换地址处理的情况中,通过递增记录的TDMS更新单元,通过以和DOW条目相同的方式列入新DFL条目来更新TDFL。 However, in the case of such a defective cluster replacement is performed for address processing by incrementing the recorded TDMS update unit to update and DOW entries by the same manner as the inclusion of new DFL entry TDFL.

6-2:数据写处理的的第二例子 6-2: The data write process of a second example

下面,通过参考图26所示的^f呈图来说明其它典型的数据写处理。 Here, ^ f shown by reference to FIG. 26 will be described as a FIG other typical data writing process. 更像前面通过参考图22中的流程图解,数据写处理,该其它的典型数据写处理解决本应用在发出将数称己fJ'J光盘1上的处理的请求之前不需要获得NWA的事实所导致的问题。 Like the foregoing process illustrated by the reference 22, the data writing process, the writing process other typical data does not need to resolve the fact that the present application is obtained NWA before issuing the request process on a number of said optical disk has fJ'J problems caused.

图26示出了表示由系统控制器60扭行的数据写处理的流程图。 26 shows a flowchart of the data written by the system controller 60 twisted row processing. 然而,由于步 However, since the step

骤F401到F410和图25所示的流程图中的步斜目同,所以,这些步骤的描述不再重复。 Step F401 to F410 the flowchart shown in FIG. 25 and in mesh with the inclined step, therefore, description of these steps will not be repeated.

在图26所示的流程图表示的数据写处理的情况中,如果数据写请求中指定的地址是已经记录的:ttkiit,空闲区存在于TDMA或者ATDMA中,并JLjt ISA或者OSA 中不存在空闲区,那么为了使用用户数据区来l^t^换;4iit处理,处理的流牙1M续到步骤F411A。 In the case of a data flow diagram shown in FIG. 26 shows the writing process, if the data specified in the write request is an already recorded address: ttkiit, an empty area exists in the TDMA or ATDMA, JLjt ISA and OSA idle or is not present area, the user data area in order to exchange l ^ t ^; 4iit process stream treated tooth 1M continues to step F411A. 在该步骤,检查SRR以产生关于NWA是否被包括在不同于包括数据写请求中所指定的地址的SRR的SRR中的确定结果。 In this step, check the SRR to produce a result of determination whether the NWA is included in a data write request is different from the SRR including the address specified in the SRR.

应当注意的是,通常,至少两个SRR处于打开状态。 It should be noted that, in general, at least two SRR is open. 因jH^步骤F411A拟亍 Quasi due jH ^ right foot step F411A

的处理中产生的确定结果几乎没有否定。 Process determination result produced almost no negative. 然而,如果包括在数据写请求中指定的地 However, if the request includes a write data specified in

址的SRR是唯一的处于打开状态的SRR,那么在步骤F411A扭行的处理中产生的 The site is the only SRR SRR is open, then generated in the processing step F411A twisted row

确定结果是否定的。 The determination result is negative. ^it种情况中,处理的流牙呈继续到步骤F407,在该步骤,在由 ^ It case, the stream was treated tooth continues to step F407, in this step, by

该a^呈图表示的数据写处理的运4橫束之前,向发出数据写请求的应用发送4fi吴消自 The operation before a ^ 4 form a cross-beam data write process view showing a write request to transmit the application data sent from the cancellation Wu 4fi

如果确定结果确定NWA被包括在不同于包括数据写请求中指定的地址的SRR 的SRR中,那么处理的i^呈继续到步骤F412A,在该步骤,才»数据写请求要被写A^光盘1的数据被写Wj赵台于NWA的区中的其它SRR中。 If the determination result of the determination is included in the NWA of the SRR different from the SRR including a data write address specified in the request, then i ^ was treated continues to step F412A, in this step, only »data write request is written to the optical disc A ^ 1 data is written to NWA Wj Zhao station area in the other SRR. 也f^U3兌,扭軒作为数据更新处理的、使用其它SRR中的区的替换;M^止处理。 F ^ U3 also against torsional Xuan as data update processing using a replacement area in the other SRR; M ^ stop process. 然后,在下一步骤F414, 根据替换i^止处理来更新TDFL和TDDS。 Then, at the next step F414, according to alternative i ^ stop processing to update the TDFL and the TDDS. 其后,作为替换目标置换SRR的SRR 的内容的SRRI也用样净«_新。 After that, as an alternative to replacement target content SRR SRR is also a kind of SRRI net << _ new.

在图26所示的流程图表示的、针对于数据写请求的写数据处理中,数据写请求中指定的iik^i是已经记录的地址,以及因3«*(^#换^^线理以更新已经记*该i^止上的数悟。应当注意的是,对于在数悟写请求中指定的^tih是缺陷区的地址的情况,也可以以相同的方式l^f^换M^止处理。例如,假定,即使在将数悟写到光盘l上的处理的请求中指定的地扯;l^记录簇中的地址,该HA有缺陷的,使得不可肯^E确^Mf数悟写入其中。在这种情况中,处理的流-l^步骤F403进行到步骤F406,以佳月ISA或OSA^ft4目同的替^iit处理,或者如MISA或OSA中不再存在空闲区,在步骤F406和船的步骤,^^]作为接口目标置换区的其它SRR 中的区来^ie^目同的替换^ii^h理。 In the flowchart shown in FIG. 26 shows, the processing for writing data to a data write request, the data specified in the write request iik ^ i is already recorded address, and by 3 «* (# ^ ^^ transducer lineation to update has been recorded * the i ^ number Wu stop on. It should be noted that the request for the specified number Wu written ^ tih a case where the defect address zone may be l in the same manner ^ f ^ transducer M . ^ stop processing example, assume that, even if the number of write requests Wu processing on the optical disc specified to pull l; l ^ cluster address is recorded, the HA defective, such that indeed not willing ^ E ^ Mf Wu number written to. in this case, the processing flow of ^ -l step F403 to step F406, in order to best ISA or OSA month ^ ^ for the same purpose FT4 IIT process, or, as OSA or no longer exists MISA spare area, in step F406 and step ship, ^^] other SRR as an interface zone replacement target regions of the same mesh ^ ie ^ ^ ii ^ h to alternative processing.

当由于ISA和OSA#|皮该数据写处^/斤消耗而^^作为接口目标置换区的SRR中的区来^##换目标iiki她理时,#^亍前面通过参考图21解躺处理。 Because when the ISA and the OSA # | ^ sheath at the data write / kg consumption ^^ ^ ## to change the target SRR as an interface zone target displacement zone iiki her treatment, ^ # 21 by referring to the front right foot lying Solution deal with. 因此, 可以解决如前面参考图20所述的、由于将应用所做的不正确^^L作为NWA的假定, Thus, with reference to the foregoing it can be solved as in FIG. 20, since the application made an incorrect assumption NWA as ^^ L,

而导致的浪费地产生不必要的DOW条目的问题。 The cause of the problem of unnecessary waste generated DOW entry. 6-3 :数絲处理 6-3: Number of wire processing

对于其中光盘1的格式包括ISA和OSA中的替换目标置换区的情况的数« 处理和图23所示的流程图表示的数才絲处對目同。 Only the number of filaments which form the flowchart for the case where the optical disc 1 includes ISA and OSA in a replacement area replacing the number «processing shown in FIG. 23 and indicated on the same purpose. 7:实施例的^: 7: Example ^ of:

如上所述,该实施例实现將数4射己鬆'j具有不包^4换区的格式的iJi的替换i^止功能。 As described above, this embodiment enables the number of 4-hexyl pine shoot 'j ^ packet having a format without changing zone 4 is replaced I ^ iJi stop function. 在具有^i^^换区的格式的M的情况中,可以实JUr有高效率的将数粉己^^M上的替换:^止功能。 In the case of a format, M ^ i ^^ exchange zone may be replaced with a solid JUr on the number of efficient powder has ^^ M: ^ stop function.

也"^1说,为了扩展一次写入盘科谅/再玉膽置中的缺陷替换:^止功能和数据更新功能,如下所述实现这些功能。 Also "^ 1 that in order to extend the write-once disc defect understanding Branch / re-set replaces bile Yu: ^ stop function and a data update function, as described below to achieve these functions.

用作数据更新处理中的替换^i止信息的DOW条目的格i(Jj^上和用作缺陷替换^i止处理中的替换i^止信息的DFL条目的格^i目同。 Alternatively as data updating processing DOW entry ^ i i dead cell information (and alternatively as the replacement by defect of Jj ^ i ^ i ^ dead stop processing DFL entry information in the same mesh lattice ^ i.

分别用作数据更新处理和缺陷替换J44it处理中的替换;4i止信息的DOW和DFL 条目都记# TDFL上作为共存在用于^f^缺陷替换:N^止处理的管理信息的TDFL 上的信息条。 Are used as the data updating process and the defect alternation process in the replacement J44it; 4i DOW and DFL entries are referred to as the stop information for the co-presence of the defect alternation ^ f ^ # TDFL: the management information TDFL N ^ stop processing information bar.

作为缺陷替换^iit处理和数据更新处理的替换目标置换区,不仅可以j狄储l上的缺陷替换区,也可以偵月存在于用户数悟区中的4iit(或者SRR),作为包括可选择为附录记录点的NWA的斩it(或者SRR)。 Alternatively the target as a defective replacement area replacing ^ iit processing and data update processing, not only defects in the j l Di reservoir replacement area may detect the number of months in a user area Wu 4iit (or the SRR), comprising as a selectable appendix recording spot NWA chopper it (or SRR).

通过扩展如上所述的缺陷替换^t止功能和数据更新功能,即使不存在替换区也能实JHt据更新处理和缺陷替换^Jt止处理。 Alternatively ^ t stop function and the update function data extended by defect described above, even in the absence solid JHt spare area can process data and updating the defect replacement process stop ^ Jt.

而且,在包^#换区的格式的情况中,即使替换区的^ft容量i^妙J;f^足以#^#:据的值时,也^^lf亍数据更新处3S^缺陷替换J4Jt她理。 Further, in the case of changing the format of the packet zone # ^, ^ i. Ft capacity of the spare area even wonderful ^ J; f ^ # ^ # sufficient: data value, is also updated at the right foot ^^ lf ^ 3S data replacement of a defective J4Jt her reason.

除itl^卜,如果将4娥实施例的M 1 ii^在数据更新功能没有扩展的装置上, 该装置解释用作数据更新处理中的替换^At信息的DOW条目,该条目作为用作缺陷替换M^止处理中的替换i^止信息的DFL条目,并在替换^iih信息中指定的替换目才示置4灸区读lt据。 In addition ITL ^ Bu, if the example of embodiment M 1 ii 4 ^ e on a device function is not expanded data update, replace the data update processing apparatus as explained in ^ At DOW entry information, the entry as a defect Alternatively stop process in M ​​^ i ^ DFL entry replacement stop information, and information in alternative ^ iih specified replacement destination area was shown at 4 moxibustion lt read data. 也f^Ui兑,由于^f亍了常规的请求处理,即^^^]于数据更新的替换:^止功能的运^f询iyt 1 «在装置上,在具有数据更新功能未被扩展的装置中也##再现兼容性。 F ^ Ui also against, since the conventional right foot ^ F request processing, i.e. ^^^] Alternatively to the data update: ^ F ^ stop function query operation iyt 1 «in the apparatus having the data update function is not extended reproducing apparatus ## is also compatible.

而且,可以选择存在于SRR中的作为附录记录点的NWA作为用于数据更新处理和缺陷替换船谈理的替换目标置换舰。 Further, the NWA may be selected as present in the SRR recording dots as appendix for replacing defect data update processing and the replacement processing vessel talk target displacement ship.

通iiit择NWA,其作为附录记录点存在于SRR中,作为代替ISA或者OSA Optional iiit through the NWA, the recording spot is present as an appendix in the SRR, as the ISA or OSA in place of

中的替换区中的;NkAh的替换目标置换:N^止。 In the spare area; NkAh substitution of a replacement: N ^ stop.

笫一方面,辆通过^^通常文件系乡^f亍的记^t理,考虑剖在盘上记录文件以«_新该文件的管理信息的处理,拾取器的搜寻距离可被缩^S'J足够小的值, 用于彬i^换;^止处理以将拾取器移动到替换目标置换区。 Zi one hand, through vehicle ^^ document is generally denoted right foot Township ^ f ^ t rationale, consider a sectional recorded on the disk file «_ new process management information of the file, the search pickup distance can be reduced ^ S 'J sufficiently small value for Bin transducer I ^; ^ process to stop the pickup is moved to the replacement target displacement zone. 作为替换,可以将文件 As an alternative, you can file

的管理信息记fJljI^M数据的区中。 Management information referred fJljI ^ M data area. 因此,可以改善记录性能。 Therefore, it is possible to improve the recording performance.

^il种情况中,被选#|故为替换目标置换地址的最后的附录记录点被认为是有效的替换目标置换地址。 ^ Il case, the selected # | so as to replace the appendix records point target replacement address is considered to be an effective replacement of the replacement target address. 将这样的最后的附录记氛泉选为在图19所示的流程图的步 Such springs the appendix referred to atmosphere preferably in the flowchart shown in FIG. 19 step

骤F110或者图25所示的流程图的步骤F413中批阡的处理中的替换目标置换地址。 Step F110 or step in the flowchart shown in FIG. 25 F413 footpath replacement target batch process is replaced address. 第二方面,在由于在记狄理中检测到的缺陷而从替换目标置换^i止中读出块的处理中,因为拾取器的头l4t寻距离改善了再现性能。 A second aspect, since the detected defect replacement process ^ i stop blocks read out from the replacement target, since the pickup head from l4t find improved playback performance management Di in mind. ^it种情况中,在与替换目标源地JbbNl同的SRR中的、^it树为替换目标置换:Mki止的附录记氛吾、被认为是有效的替换目标置换地址。 ^ It in the case, with the goal of replacing the source JbbNl in the same SRR, ^ it up as a replacement substitution: Mki ended Appendix I remember atmosphere, is considered to be an effective replacement of the replacement target address. 在图19所示的流程图的步骤F109或者图25所示的流程图的步骤F412扭行的处理中,在与替换目标源地W湘同的SRR中的、这样的附录记录点*4##为替换目标置换^iit。 In the processing of step F109 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 25 or step of the flowchart shown in FIG. 19 F412 twisted row, with a replacement source Gordon W in the same SRR, recording dots such Appendix 4 * # # as a replacement replacement ^ iit.

另夕卜,如果将存在于不同于&fe^换目标源M^止的SRR的SRR中的、作为另一SRR的NWA的附录记录点选择作为替换目标置换地址,则可以消除由于在某些 Another Bu Xi, if different from that present in certain source transducer & fe ^ M ^ SRR stop of the SRR, the NWA of the recording dot as an appendix of another SRR is selected as a replacement replacement address, it can be eliminated in certain

目的问题。 The purpose problem. 在图22或26所示的流程图表示的数梧写处理中,将存在于不同于包括替换目标源3ikJt止的SRR的SRR中的、作为另一SRR的NWA的附录记录点选## 为^^换目标置^y4iiL。 In FIG. 22 or 26 number represented by the flowchart shown in Wu writing process, there will be different from the SRR including the replacement in the target source 3ikJt ended in the SRR, the NWA of another SRR as the tap ## is recorded in Appendix ^^ change the target set ^ y4iiL.

应当注意的是,如果批fr了由图22或26所示的流程图表示的数据写处理,则在下述条件下实际"^^数椐是合适的: It should be noted that, if the batch data fr flowchart shown in FIG. 22 or 26 represented by the writing process, under the following conditions if the actual "number noted ^^ are suitable:

对于运行在Jia^置上的应用,在絲1上分配至少两个打开的SRR,以及将 ^ For application running on the opposite Jia, allocating at least two open SRR on a wire, and the

陷的替换目4示JJy^AhiS4Nil^新的^t据的^i止。 4 shows alternative mesh trap JJy ^ AhiS4Nil ^ new data ^ i ^ t stop.

另外,在没有射己替换区的格式的情况中,在应用等中不必再预先估计合适的替换区的尺寸。 Further, in the case of no replacement area has exit format, the application in advance and the like do not have a suitably sized replacement area estimates. 不必^S己替换区的事实意pM用户数据区的有效利用。 Not necessarily intended to effective use of the fact that the user data area pM ^ S has a replacement area.

除jtb^卜,甚^^S己替换区的格式情况中,所有的分配替换区一用完就可以将用户数據区的区选择怍为替换区。 In addition to the case of format jtb ^ Bu, cyclohexyl ^^ S even spare area, the spare area allocated all run on a user data area of ​​the region may be selected as a replacement area ashamed. 因此,不必在应用中预先估计合适的替换区的尺寸。 Thus, a suitably sized replacement area is not necessary in the application in advance estimation. 不必^f古计合适的替换区的尺寸的事实意pM不必分S己过大的替换区,使得可以高效率iiM^llt据区。 ^ F do not have the appropriate size old meter replacement area intended pM fact no need to divide S spare area have too large, so that high efficiency iiM ^ llt data region.

另外,在该实施例的情况中,为了使盘驱动器或者记录/再JJ^置产生关于光 Further, in the case of this embodiment, in order to make the disk drive or recording / reproducing light on means generates JJ ^

盘1上的地i止是已经记录的区的地ABiA^记录的区的岫址的确定结果,在附录记录方法中,盘驱动器或者记录/再HL^置使用为管理已经记录的^iitisl者未记录的i^止提供的SRRI(连续记录范围信息)。 The i on the disc 1 stops already recorded to ABiA regions ^ determination result Xiu address record area, in appendix recording method, a disk drive or recording / reproducing of HL ^ set used to ^ iitisl's management has recorded i ^ unrecorded stopper provided the SRRI (sequential recording range information). 已经记录的区是已经记录了数据的区,而未记录的区是没有记录数据的区。 The area is already recording area has recorded data, without recording area is not recorded data area. 通常,4iii信息,例如SRRI包括三部分,即,赵会1W止、结J^kiib^SRR的NWA(新的可写A^iihil者附录记录)点。 Typically, 4iii information, e.g. SRRI includes three parts, i.e., Zhao 1W will stop junction J ^ kiib ^ SRR NWA (e.g. new writable by Appendix A ^ iihil recording) point.

在^j?] SRR(或者^ii)的附录记录方法中,必须总是^i台于作为SRR的附录记录点的NWA的区中记录数據。 ?] Appendix SRR (or ^ ii) recording method, the recording must always point in the Appendix as the NWA of the SRR ^ i station area data recorded ^ j. il^因为存在于SRR的赵台J^脉紧接在SRR的附录记录点之前的地扯之间的区被确定为已经记录数据的区,同时,附录i己录点和SRR的结束3ikAh之间的区净皮确定为i^殳有记录凄丈据的区。 il ^ SRR due to the presence in station Zhao J ^ pulse between the tear region immediately before the recording in the SRR Appendix point is determined to be already recorded data area, while Appendix i-hexyl and the recording end point of the SRR 3ikAh the net skin area is determined between the recording sad i ^ Shu Zhang data area. 因此,通it^l附录记录方法,在包含在其上记录的数据的Ml的情况中,通ii^得关于存在于M 1上的所有SRR的信息,盘驱动器能够产生关于在写或^命令中指定的地址是已经记录的地ABi;U丈有ie^的地t止的确定结果。 Therefore, by it ^ l Appendix recording method, Ml case contained in the data recorded thereon, the through II ^ obtained information is present in all SRR on 1 M about the disc drive can be generated on write or ^ command specified address has been recorded to ABi; U feet have ie ^ t of the stop of the determination result.

除jtb^卜,为了?文善替换:l^止管理信息的可靠性,必须增加更^^换:fctkJt止管理信息的次数。 In addition to jtb ^ Bu, in order to replace Wen Shan:? L ^ reliability of management information only, and must be increased more ^^ change: fctkJt only management information number. 如果^f捐作用于更l^"换^i止管理信息的TDMA的尺寸^f议2048蔟, If applied to donate more ^ f l ^ "^ i change management information TDMA stop ^ f proposed size nest 2048,

那么需^SM吏得可以更lt^换i^止管理信息的更大区。 Then SM for an official to give ^ more transducer lt ^ I ^ larger area management information is ended.

应当注意的是,图1(a)所示的格式介绍了允许在初始化时替换区设置的-"^分被设置为ATDMA(附加的临时缺陷管理区)的结构。然而,由于该方法采用称为OSA 的替换区的分g己作为前提,所以该方法不肯^皮应用于不具有如图l(b)所示的不包才舌替换区的Ml。 It should be noted that, in FIG. 1 (a) describes the format shown in area is provided to allow replacement of initialization -. "^ Sub is set to ATDMA (additional temporary defect management area) of the construction, however, since the method uses said g is a partial replacement area of ​​the OSA has as a premise, this method would not be applied to the skin does not have ^ Ml in FIG. l (b) was not included as shown in the replacement area of ​​the tongue.

因此,在如图10))所示的不包^#换区的格式的情况中,作为分配用于管理光盘l上的多种光盘信息的区的方法,^MJ允许ATDMA的冲支术,其是独立于替换区的管理区,初^S己在用户数据区的最后部分中的位置。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 10)) is not included in the swap area # ^ format, as a method of a plurality of disc information area on the optical disc l allocated for management, allowing red ^ MJ branched ATDMA surgery, replacement area which is independent of the management area, beginning ^ S hexyl position at the end of the user data area.

在蓝光型的一次写Ait的情况中,扭J亍特殊的格式化命令以产生不包^fe^换区的紘 In the case of write-once type Blu-ray Ait, the twist right foot J special formatting command packet to produce Fe ^ ^ hung change region

由于该特殊的命令的格式^^t不包括指定^t替换区的員,所以通过指定 Since the format of this particular ^^ t command does not include the specified membered ^ t replacement area, so by specifying

絲所有分配的地址的最大##容量絲式化光盘。 The maximum capacity of the wire type of CD ## all assigned addresses silk. 然而,通过明确指定稍小于最 However, by explicitly specifying slightly less than most

大"4^容量的^t作为^f诸容量,可以扩^J:驱动器的功能,以便于在用户数据区的端#1€供产生不具有给其射己的^^止的区的性能。 Big "4 ^ capacity ^ t as ^ F such capacity can be extended ^ J: function of a driver, so as to for generating performance ^^ dead zone does not have to their exit already in €. 1 end # user data area .

也1U:说,在该实施例的情况中,该区净M作称为AIDMA的备用替换^iit管理区。 Also 1U: say, in the case of this embodiment, the spare area for replacement net called M ^ iit AIDMA the management area. 而且,此时,盘驱动器还被提供有增力—皮称为TDMA指示器的扩^^TDMA 的开始处并在TDMA指示器中记录关于ATDMA的信息以及其它信息的功能。 Further, at this time, the disk drive is further provided with a booster - transdermal ^^ called TDMA indicator at the beginning of expansion and recording the TDMA information and other information about the functions in a TDMA ATDMA indicator.

TDMA指示器具有由盘驱动器以高效率运行以找到用于记^J:新TDMS的位置的功能。 TDMA indicator having a disk drive at a high efficiency operation to find a note ^ J: Function position of the new TDMS. 在图24所示的检测盘的处理中,盘驱动器通常参考该TDMA指示器, 以获得^r测盘时的关于ATDMA的信息。 In the process of detecting the disc shown in FIG. 24, the disk drive generally referenced TDMA indicator, to obtain information on the ATDMA ^ r measured when the disc. 由此,盘驱动器能够处理没有替换区存在的情况的ATDMA。 Thus, the disc drive can not handle ATDMA exists a case where the spare area.

/人Ji面的说明明显可见,甚^^F^供替换区的格式的情况中以及甚^^提供替换区的格式的情况中,该实施例能够维浙己^^再现的兼容性,而基4Ui不改变一次写入盘的物理格式和物理布局以及不限制功能。 Description / Ji person's visible surface, even where ^^ F ^ a format for the replacement area as well as in the case of even ^^ replacement area provided in the format compatibility Zhejiang embodiment can have dimensions in this embodiment ^^ reproducing, and 4Ui group without changing the physical format and the write-once disk and the physical layout is not limited function.

而且,通过按照原样维持与传统一次写入盘、RAM型盘和ROM型盘的记^ 再现兼容性,可以在不包^^换区的一次写入盘中实JEJSJt据写功能。 Further, as it is maintained by the conventional write-once disc, the RAM and ROM type disc type disc reproducing compatibility is denoted ^, ^^ packet can not change the write-once disc region JEJSJt real data write function.

因此,通常^"fe^ RAM型盘和ROM型盘提供的文件系统还可以被用于一次写入型M,而不需要?«硬件和物理格式。 Thus, generally ^ "fe ^ RAM and ROM type disc type disc provides file system can also be used for M write-once type, without the need for?« Hardware and the physical format.

另外,本领域技权员应当可以理解的是,才財居它们落在所附权矛虔,M者其等价的范围之内,可以进^#^殳计需>沐其它因素的多种变型、组合、子组合和替换。 Further, the right TECHNOLOGY skilled in the art should be appreciated that only they come home financial appended spear Qian, the range of equivalents of M's, can enter the required count ^ # ^ Shu> Mu variety of other factors modifications, combinations, sub-combinations and alterations.

Claims (34)

1、一种用于将写数据记录到具有一次写入记录区的记录介质上的数据记录方法,所述一次写入记录区仅允许将数据记录在其中一次并包括: 主数据区,数据将被记录到其中以及将从其再现数据; 替换地址管理信息区,用于递增地记录替换地址管理信息,以便更新已经记录的、用于管理在所述一次写入记录区上执行的替换地址处理的替换地址管理信息, 所述数据记录方法能够记录所述写数据到所述记录介质上,而不需要预先在所述一次写入记录区中提供预分配替换区,包括步骤: 在所述写目标区中已经记录数据的情况下,执行替换地址处理以设置写目标区作为替换目标源区,所述写目标区由数据写请求中指定的地址标识并且是包括在所述一次写入记录区中的部分区,并且设置在存在于所述主数据区中的多个部分区当中选择的替换区作为替换目标 1 A method for writing data to the data having recorded on the recording medium, a recording method of the write-once recording area, the write-once recording area to allow only one of which data is recorded and comprising: a main data area, the data wherein the recording and from which the reproduced data; replacement address management information area used for incrementally recording the replacement address management information in order to update already recorded, a replacement address management performed on the write-once recording processing region the replacement address management information, the data recording method capable of recording the write data to the recording medium, without prior write-once recording area in the pre-assigned spare area is provided, comprising the step of: in the write a case where the target data already recorded area, performing replacement address processing to set a write-target area as a replacement source area, the write request in the address specified by the write target area is identified and the data included in the write-once recording area section area, and the replacement area is provided in a plurality of regions exist in the portions of the primary data area as a replacement selected from among 换区; 将根据所述数据写请求而要被记录的写数据记录到所述替换目标置换区中;和更新所述替换地址管理信息,以便在所述替换地址管理信息中包括信息作为表示所述替换地址处理的信息。 In other areas; according to the data write request and write data to be recorded is recorded into the replacement target displacement zone; replacement address and updating the management information to the replacement management information included in the address information is represented as said replacement information address processing.
2、 根据权利要求1的数据记录方法,其中,当在所述一次写入记录区中的所述写目标区是缺陷区时:在所述执行替换地址处理的步骤中,执行缺陷区的替换地址处理以设置所述缺陷写目标区作为替换目标源区,以及设置在存在于所述主数据区中的多个部分区当中选择的替换区作为替换目标置换区;以及在所述更新所述替换地址管理信息的步骤中,更新所述替换地址管理信息以包括表示缺陷区的替换地址处理的信息。 2. The data recording method as claimed in claim 1, wherein, when in said write-once recording area in the write target area is a defective area: at the step of performing said replacement address processing, the execution of the replacement of a defective area address processing to set said defective write-target area as a replacement area replacing a target source region, and a region disposed in a plurality of portions present in the main data area as a replacement among the selected target displacement zone; and in the updating of the step replacement address management information, updating the address management information includes replacement information of the defective area replacement address processing.
3、 根据权利要求1的数据记录方法,其中所述替换地址管理信息包括关于记录在所述主数据区中的主数据的连续记录范围的连续记录范围信息,以及其中在所述执行替换地址处理的步骤中,通过使用所述连续记录范围信息来选择在所述主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 3, the data recording method according to claim 1, wherein said replacement address management information includes sequential recording range sequential recording range information on the main data recorded in said main data area, and wherein said replacement is performed in the address processing step, by using said sequential recording range information to select a replacement replacement area in said main data area.
4、 根据权利要求3的数据记录方法,其中,在所述执行替换地址处理的步骤中,通过使用包括在所述连续记录范围信息中的附录记录点信息来选择在所述主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 4. The data recording method as claimed in claim 3, wherein, in the step of performing said replacement address processing by using the recording dots in the appendix includes sequential recording range information to the information selected in the main data area replace the replacement target area.
5、 根据权利要求4的数据记录方法,其中,在所述执行替换地址处理的步骤中,根据关于存在于包含在所述替换地址处理中所涉及的所述替换目标源区的连续记录范围中的附录记录点的所述附录记录点信息,来选择在所述主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 5. The data recording method as claimed in claim 4, wherein in the step of performing said replacement address in a process according to the present on the replacement address contained in the process involved in sequential recording range replaced target source zone the Appendix in Appendix recording point information recording point, to select a replacement replacement region in the main data area.
6 、根据权利要求4的数据记录方法,其中,在所述执行替换地址处理的步骤中,根据关于存在于一个连续记录范围或多个连续记录范围中的附录记录点的多条附录记录点信息条当中的、表示最大地址的特定附录记录点信息, 来选择在所述主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 6. The data recording method as claimed in claim 4, wherein in the step of performing said replacement address in a process according to present in a continuous recording on a plurality of recording spot Appendices Appendix recording point in the range of one or more sequential recording range information among the bars, the point of maximum specific appendix recording address information to select a replacement replacement area in said main data area.
7、 根据权利要求4的数据记录方法,其中,在所述执行替换地址处理的的连续记录范围不同的连续记录范围中的附录记录点的所述附录记录点信息,来选择在所述主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 7, the data recording method as claimed in claim 4, wherein said appendix recorded at different points of the process of performing the replacement address of the sequential recording range sequential recording ranges Appendix recording point information selected in the main data replace the replacement target zone area.
8、 根据权利要求1的数据记录方法,所述数据记录方法还包括在所述主数据区中设置附加替换地址管理信息区的步骤,用于递增地记录所述替换地址管理信息。 8, the data recording method according to claim 1, wherein said data recording method further comprises the step of setting an additional replacement address management information area in said main data area for incrementally recording the replacement address management information.
9、 一种用于将写数据记录到具有一次写入记录区的记录介质上的数据记录装置,所述一次写入记录区仅允许将数据记录在其中一次并包括:主数据区,数据将被记录到其中以及将从其再现数据;替换地址管理信息区,用于递增地记录替换地址管理信息以便更新已经记录的用于管理在所述一次写入记录区上执行的替换地址处理的替换地址管理信息,所述数据记录装置包括:数据写部分,用于将所述写数据写入到所述记录介质上;地址确认部分,用于产生关于在用于将所述写数据写入所述主数据区的数据写请求中所指定的地址是否已经记录数据的确定结果;信息确定部分,用于产生关于所迷替换地址管理信息是否可以被更新的确定结果;以及控制部分,用于:如果所述地址确认部分产生指示在数据写请求中所指定的地址上没有记录数据的确定结果, 9. A method for recording write data on the data recording apparatus having a recording medium of write-once recording area, the write-once recording area to allow only one of which data is recorded and comprising: a main data area, the data and wherein is recorded from which to reproduce data; alternatively replacement address has been recorded for managing the execution on the write-once recording area treated replacement address management information area used for incrementally recording the replacement management information in order to update the address address management information of said data recording apparatus comprising: a data write section for writing said write data onto said recording medium; address confirmation section configured for generating on the write data in the write data of said main data area whether the write address specified in the request data has been recorded determination result; information determination section for producing a result of determination as to whether the fan replacement address management information can be updated; and a control section for: if said address generating portion acknowledgment indicating inconclusive data writing recording data on the address specified in the request, 么控制所述数据写部分以在所述地址上记录所述写数据;和如果所述地址确认部分产生指示在所述地址上已经记录数据的确定结果以及所述信息确定部分产生指示所述替换地址管理信息可以被更新的确定结果,那么执行替换地址处理以设置写目标区作为替换目标源区,所述写目标区由数据写请求中指定的地址标识并且是包括在所述一次写入记录区中的部分区,和设置在存在于所述主数据区中的多个部分区当中选择的替换区作为替换目标置换区,控制所述数据写部分以将根据所述写请求要被记录的所述写数据记录到所述替换目标置换区中,并更新所述替换地址管理信息,以便在所述替换地址管理信息中包括信息作为表示所述替换地址管理的信息。 It controls the data writing section to record the write address in said data; and if said address has been recorded acknowledgment indicating portion is generated determination resultant data and the information on the determination section indicates that the replacement address generating address management information can be updated determination result, the replacement address processing is executed to set a write-target area as a replacement source area, the write request to the target area designated by the write address data are identified and included in the write-once recording partial area region, a plurality of portions and disposed in said region is present among the main data area is selected as the replacement area replacing a replacement area, controlling said data writing portion to be recorded according to the write request recording said write data to said replacement target displacement zone, and updating the replacement address management information to include in the replacement address information as management information indicating the address of the replacement management information.
10、 根据权利要求9的数据记录装置,其中,在所述一次写入记录区中的所述写目标区是缺陷区时,所述控制部分执行缺陷区的替换地址处理以设置所述缺陷写目标区作为替换目标源区,并设置在存在于所述主数据区中的多个部分区当中选择的替换区作为替换目标置换区;以及更新所述替换目标管理信息以包4舌表示所述缺陷区的替换地址处理的信息。 10, the data recording apparatus according to claim 9, wherein, in said write-once recording area in the write target area is a defective area, the defective area perform replacement address control portion to set said defective write process as a replacement target area a source region, and replacement area is provided in a plurality of regions exist in the portions of the main data area is selected as a replacement among the displacement zone; and updating the replacement management information indicates the target to coat the tongue 4 replacement address information of the defective area processing.
11、 根据权利要求9的数据记录装置,其中,所述替换地址管理信息包括关于记录在所述主数据区中的主数据的连续记录范围的连续记录范围信息, 以及通过使用所述连续记录范围信息,所述控制部分在所述主凄t据区中选择用于所述替换地址管理的替换目标置换区。 11, the data recording apparatus according to claim 9, wherein said replacement address management information includes sequential recording range sequential recording range information on the main data recorded in said main data area, and by using said sequential recording range information, the control portion of the main data area sad t selected a replacement area for replacement in the replacement address management.
12、 根据权利要求11的数据记录装置,其中,通过使用包括在所述连续记录范围信息中的附录记录点信息,所述控制部分在所述主数据区中选择用于所述替换地址管理的替换目标置换区。 12. The data recording apparatus of claim 11, wherein, by using the point information including Appendix recorded in the sequential recording range information, the control section selects the replace address management for the main data area replace the replacement target area.
13、 根据权利要求12的数据记录装置,其中根据关于存在于包括涉及所述替换地址管理的所述替换目标源区的连续记录范围中的附录记录点的所述附录记录点信息,控制部分在所述主数据区中选择用于所述替换地址管理的替换目标置换区。 13, the data recording apparatus according to claim 12, wherein said appendix replacement recording sequential recording range in the point source target zone according to the appendix on the recording point information is present in the replacement address comprising relates to the management, control section the main data area selected for replacement of the replacement target address replacement management area.
14、 根据权利要求12的数据记录装置,其中根据在关于存在于一个连读记录范围或多个连续记录范围中的附录记录点的多条附录记录点信息条当中的、表示最大地址的特定附录记录点信息,所述控制部分在所述主数据区中选择用于所述替换地址管理的替换目标置换区。 14, the data recording apparatus according to claim 12, wherein in accordance with a plurality of pieces of information about the recording spot appendix exists in a recorded range in Appendix recording dot sequential recording range or a plurality among the readthrough, the maximum address representing a particular Appendix recording point information, the control section selects a replacement for the replacement address of the replacement region in the main management data area.
15、 根据权利要求12的数据记录装置,其中,根据关于存在于与包括涉及所述替换地址管理的所述替换目标源区的连续记录范围不同的连续记录范围中的附录记录点的所述附录记录点信息,所述控制部分在所述主数据区中选择用于所述替换地址管理的替换目标置换区。 15, the data recording apparatus according to claim 12, wherein the recording spot Appendices Appendix different continuous recording range sequential recording ranges existing in the source region and the replacement location of the replacement address comprises relates to the management of recording point information, the control section selects a replacement for the replacement address of the replacement region in the main management data area.
16、 根据权利要求9的数据记录装置,其中,所述控制部分在所述主数据区设置附加的替换地址管理信息区,其用于递增地记录所述替换地址管理信自 16, the data recording apparatus according to claim 9, wherein said control portion is provided additional replacement address management information area in said main data area for incrementally recording the management channel from the replacement address
17、 一种用于将写数据记录到具有一次写入记录区的记录介质上的凄t据记录方法,所述一次写入记录区仅允许将数据记录在其中一次并包括:主数据区,数据将被记录到其中以及将从其再现数据;和替换地址管理信息区,用于递增地记录替换地址管理信息以便更新已经记录的用于管理在所述一次写入记录区上执行的替换地址处理的替换地址管理4吕息,所述lt据记录方法包括步骤: 在所述一次写入记录区中设置替换区;如果在写目标区中已经记录数据以及在存在于所述替换区中的多个部分区当中选择的部分区可用于第一替换地址处理,则执行所述第一替换地址处理以设置所述写目标区作为替换目标源区,所述写目标区通过数据写请求中指定的地址标识并且为包括在所述一次写入记录区中的部分区,并且设置所选择的部分区作为替换目标置换区;第 17 A method for writing data to record on a recording medium having a desolate write-once recording area t data recording method, the write-once recording area to allow only one of which data is recorded and comprising: a main data area, wherein data is recorded and from which the reproduced data; and the replacement address management information area used for incrementally recording the replacement address management information in order to update already recorded replacement address for managing the execution on the write-once recording area processing the replacement address information management Lu 4, the data recording method comprising lt steps of: providing a replacement area in the write-once recording area; if write data has been recorded in the target zone and is present in the replacement area a plurality of partial area selected among partial areas may be used for the first replacement address, it executes the first replacement address processing to set a write-target area as an alternative to the target source, the write target area specified by the data write request address identifier and to include a partial area in the write-once recording area, and sets the selected region as a part of a replacement displacement zone; first 替换地址处理的部分区,则执行所述第二替换地址处理以设置所述写目标区作为替换目标源区,所述写目标区通过数据写请求中指定的地址标识并且为包括在所述一次写入记录区中的部分区,并且设置在存在于所述主数据区中的多个部分区当中选择的部分区作为替换目标置换区;将根据所述数据写请求而要被记录的所述写数据记录到所述替换目标置换区中;和更新所述替换地址管理信息以便在所述替换地址管理信息中包括信息作为表示所述第一或第二替换地址处理的信息。 Alternatively address processing section area, performing the second replacement address processing to set a write-target area as an alternative to the target source, the write target area specified in the write request identified by the address data is included in the primary and will be recorded to the write request based on said data; writing section area of ​​the recording area, and the area setting section in a plurality of regions exist in the portions of the main data area is selected as a replacement among the displacement zone writing data to record the replacement target displacement zone; and updating the replacement address information as the management information to include information indicating the address of the first or second process in the replacement address of the replacement management information.
18、 根据权利要求17的数据记录方法,其中,当在所述一次写入记录区中的所述写目标区是缺陷区时:在所述执行所述第一替换地址处理的步骤中,执行第一缺陷区替换地址处理,以设置所述缺陷写目标区作为替换目标源区,并设置在存在于所述替换区中的多个部分区当中选择的部分区作为替换目标置换区;和在所述4丸行所述第二替换地址处理的步骤中,执行第二缺陷区替换地址处理,以设置所述缺陷写目标区作为替换目标源区,并设置在存在于所述主数据区中的多个部分区当中选择的部分区作为替换目标置换区。 18. The data recording method as claimed in claim 17, wherein, when in said write-once recording area in the write target area is a defective area: at said step of performing said first process in the replacement address, performing replacing the first defective area address processing to set said defective write-target area as a replacement source region and arranged in a portion of the region is present in the replacement region of the plurality of partial regions as a replacement selected from among replacement region; and the second replacement step pellet row address processing in the 4, a second defective area replacement address processing to set said defective write-target area as a replacement source area, and disposed in said main data area is present in the a plurality of partial area selected among partial areas as a replacement target displacement zone.
19、 根据权利要求17的数据记录方法,其中所述替换地址管理信息包括关于记录在所述主数据区中的主数据的连续记录范围的连续记录范围信息, 并且,其中在所述执行所述第二替换地址处理的步骤中,通过使用所述连续记录范围信息选择在所述主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 19, the data recording method according to claim 17, wherein said replacement address management information includes sequential recording range sequential recording range information on the main data recorded in said main data area, and wherein in said execution the second step in the replacement address processing by using said sequential recording range information selecting a replacement replacement area in said main data area.
20、 根据权利要求19的数据记录方法,其中,在执行所述第二替换地址处理的所述步骤时,通过使用包括在所述连续记录范围信息中的附录记录点信息选择所述主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 20, the data recording method according to claim 19, wherein in said second step of performing said replacement address processing by using the recording appendix includes sequential recording range information point information selecting said main data area replaces the replacement target area.
21、 根据权利要求20的数据记录方法,其中,在执行所述第二替换地址处理的所述步骤时,根据关于存在于包括涉及所述第二替换地址处理的所述替换目标源区的连续记录范围中的附录记录点的所述附录记录点信息,选择在所述主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 21, the data recording method according to claim 20, wherein in said step of performing said second address replacement process, the replacement source continuously in accordance with the target existing in the replacement address comprises the second relates to the process the recording dots recorded in the Appendix of Appendix range of recording point information, selecting a replacement replacement area in said main data area.
22、根据权利要求20的数据记录方法,其中,在执行所述第二替换地址处理的所述步骤时,才艮据关于存在于一个连续记录范围或多个连续记录范围中的附录记录点的多条附录记录点信息当中的、表示最大地址的特定附录记录点信息,选择在所述主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 22, the data recording method according to claim 20, wherein the second replacement performed in the address processing step, according to Gen only present in a continuous recording on the recording appendix point in the range of one or more sequential recording range a plurality of recording dot information among Appendix, Appendix recording point information representing a particular maximum address, selecting a replacement replacement region in the main data area.
23、根据权利要求20的数据记录方法,其中,在执行所述第二替换地址处理的所述步骤时,根据关于存在于与包括涉及第二替换地址处理的替换目标源区的连续记录范围不同的连续记录范围中的附录记录点的附录记录点信息,选择在所述主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 23. The data recording method as claimed in claim 20, wherein, in said second step of performing said replacement address process, in accordance with present on a source region comprises a replacement address of the replacement process relates to the second sequential recording range of different Appendices Appendix recording point information recorded in the dot sequential recording range and choose a replacement replacement area in said main data area.
24、 根据权利要求17的数据记录方法,所述数据记录方法还包括在所述替换区中设置附加替换地址管理信息区的步骤,其用于递增地记录所述替换地址管理信息。 24, the data recording method according to claim 17, wherein said data recording method further comprising the step of additional replacement address management information area provided in the spare area for incrementally recording the replacement address management information.
25、 一种用于将写数据记录到记录介质上的数据记录装置,该记录介质具有一次写入记录区,所述一次写入记录区仅允许数据记录在其中一次并包括:主数据区,数据要被记录到其中以及从其再现数据;以及替换区;和替换地址管理信息区,用于递增地记录替换地址管理信息以便更新已经记录的用于管理在所述一次写入记录区上执行的替换地址处理的替换地址管理信息,所述数据记录装置包括:数据写部分,用于将所述写数据写入到所述记录介质上; 地址确认部分,用于产生关于在用于将所述写数据写到所述主数据区中的数据写请求中所指定的地址处是否已经记录了数据的确定结果;信息确定部分,用于产生关于所述替换地址管理信息是否可以被更新的确结果;以及控制部分,用于:如果所述地址确认部分产生指示在数据写请求中指定的地址上没 25 A method for writing data to the data recording apparatus on a recording medium, the recording medium having a write once recording area, the write-once recording area in which data is recorded only allowed once and comprises: a main data area, wherein the data to be recorded and reproduced data therefrom; and a replacement area; and a replacement address management information area used for incrementally recording the replacement address management information in order to update already recorded for managing the execution on the write-once recording area the replacement address information of the replacement address management process, the data recording apparatus comprising: a data write section for writing said write data onto said recording medium; address confirmation section configured for generating regarding the data written to said write data in said main data area whether the write address specified in the request has been recorded in the data determination result; information determining portion for generating management about whether the replacement address information can be updated does result ; and a control section for: if said address generating portion acknowledgment indicating that the write data in the address specified in the request did not 有记录数据的确定结果,那么控制所述lt据写部分以在所述地址上记录所述写数据;如果所述地址确认部分产生指示在所述地址上已经记录了数据的确定结果以及所述信息确定部分产生指示所述替换地址管理信息可以被更新的确定结果以及指示在所述替换区中存在可用于替换地址处理的区的确定结果,则执行替换地址处理以设置写目标区作为替换目标源区,所述写目标区通过数据写请求中指定的地址标识并且为包括在所述一次写入记录区中的部分区,和设置在存在于所述替换区中的多个部分区当中选择的部分区作为替换目标置换区,控制所述数据写部分以将根据所述数据写请求要被记录的所述写数据记录到所述替换目标置换区中并更新所述替换地址管理信息,以便于在所述替换地址管理信息中包括信息作为指示所述替换地址处理的信息;和如果所 Recording data determination result, the control of the data write section lt recorded on said address to said write data; if said address generating portion acknowledgment indicating the result of the determination has been recorded on said address data and said generating information indicative of the determination section replacement address management information can be updated and the determination result indicating the presence of regions may be used in the replacement address of the replacement processing region determination result, the replacement address processing is performed to set a write-target area as a replacement a source region of said write target region specified in the write request identified by the address and data portion including a region in the write-once recording area, and disposed in a plurality of partial areas exist in the spare area among the selected the partial area as a replacement replacement region, controlling the data write section according to a write request to the data to be recorded to the recording of the write data in a replacement area and updating the replacement address of the replacement management information so includes information as to indicate the replacement addresses processed in the replacement address management information; and if 地址确认部分产生指示在所述地址上已经了记录数据的确定结果以及所述信息确定部分产生指示所述替换地址管理信息可以被更新的确定结果以及指示在所述替换区中不存在可用于替换地址处理的区的确定结果, 则执行替换地址处理,以设置写目标区作为替换目标源区,所述写目标区通过数据写请求中指定的地址标识并且为包括在所述一次写入记录区中的部分区,和设置在存在于所述主数据区中的多个部分区当中选择的部分区作为替换目标置换区,控制所述数据写部分将根据所述数据写请求而要被记录的所述写数据记录到所述替换目标置换区中并更新所述替换地址管理信息,以便在所述替换地址管理信息中包括信息作为指示所述替换地址处理的信息。 Address generating confirmation section indicates the address already on the determination result recorded data and the information indicative of the determination section generates replacement management information can be updated address determination result indicating the absence of the spare area can be used to replace address processing region determination result, the replacement address processing is executed to set the write target area as a replacement source area, the write target area specified in the write request identified by the address data and the write-once recording area including in the partial area and a partial area arranged in a plurality of main data are present in the area selected among partial areas as a replacement replacement area, controlling the data write section writes the write request and the data to be recorded in accordance with the recording the write data to the replacement location of the replacement area and updating the replacement address management information to include information as the information indicating the address of the replacement processing in the replacement address management information.
26、根据权利要求25的数据记录装置,其中,当在所述一次写入记录区中的所述写目标区是缺陷区时,如果所述信息确定部分产生指示所述替换地址管理信息可以被更新的确定结果以及指示在所述替换区中存在可用于所述缺陷区的替换地址处理的确定结果,所述控制部分执行缺陷区的替换地址处理,以设置所述缺陷写目标区作为替换目标源区,以及设置在存在于所迷替换区中的多个部分区当中选择的部分区作为替换目标置换区,更新所述替换地址管理信息以包括指示所述缺陷区的替换地址处理的信息;以及如果所述信息确定部分产生指示所述替换地址管理信息可以被更新的确定结果以及指示在替换区中不存在可用于所述缺陷区的替换地址处理的确定结果,则所述控制部分执行缺陷区的替换地址处理,以设置所述缺陷写目标区作为替换目标源区,以及 26. The data recording apparatus as claimed in claim 25, wherein, when in said write-once recording area in the write target area is a defective area, if the information indicative of the determination section generates replacement management information may be the address and update determination result indicating that there may be a replacement address determination result of the processing in the defective area of ​​the spare area, the replacement address control portion performs processing defective area to set the defective write-target area as a replacement a source region, and a fan disposed in a plurality of portions present in the area in the spare area selected among partial areas as a replacement replacement area, updating said address management information includes replacement information indicating the replacement address of the defective area treated; and if the determination section generates information indicative of the replacement address management information can be updated and the determination result indicating the determination result may be used in place of the defective area address processing is not present in the replacement area, the control portion performs the defect replacement address area processing to set said defective write-target area as a replacement source area, and 设置在存在于主数据区中的多个部分区当中选择的部分区作为替换目标置换区,更新所述替换地址管理信息以包括指示所述缺陷区的替换地址处理的信息。 A plurality of regions arranged in the main data portion present in the area selected among partial areas as a replacement replacement region, updated to include information indicating the defective address replacement process of the replacement address area management information.
27、 根据权利要求25的数据记录装置,其中,所述替换地址管理信息包括关于记录在所述主数据区中的主数据的连续记录范围的连续记录范围信息,以及通过使用所述连续记录范围信息,所述控制部分在所述缺陷区的替换地址处理中选择所述主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 27. The data recording apparatus as claimed in claim 25, wherein said replacement address management information includes sequential recording range sequential recording range information on the main data recorded in said main data area, and by using said sequential recording range information, the control section selects a replacement area replacing the main data area in said defective area replacement address processing.
28、 根据权利要求27的数据记录装置,其中,通过使用包括在所述连续记录范围信息中的附录记录点信息,所述控制部分在所述缺陷区的替换地址处理中选择主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 28, the data recording apparatus according to claim 27, wherein, by using the point information including Appendix recorded in the sequential recording range information, the control section selects the processing in the replacement address of the defective area in the main data area replace the replacement target area.
29、 根据权利要求28的数据记录装置,其中,根据关于存在于包括涉及所述缺陷区的替换地址处理的所述替换目标源区的连续记录范围中的附录记录点的所述附录记录点信息,所述控制部分在所述缺陷区的替换地址处理中选择所述主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 29, the data recording apparatus according to claim 28, wherein said appendix replacement recording dots in the sequential recording range target source region Appendix recording point information based on the replacement address exists in a process comprising relates to the defect zone the control section selects a replacement area replacing the main data area in said defective area replacement address processing.
30、 根据权利要求28的数据记录装置,其中,根据关于存在于一个连续记录范围或多个连续记录范围中的附录记录点的多条附录记录点信息当中的、表示最大地址的特定附录记录点信息,所述控制部分在所述缺陷区的替换地址处理中选择所述主邀:据区中的替换目标置换区。 30, the data recording apparatus according to claim 28, wherein, in accordance with a plurality of recording points existing in the Appendix in Appendix recording spot in a continuous recording range sequential recording range or a plurality of information among indicating a specific address of the point of maximum recording Appendix information, the main control section selects the invitation in a replacement address of the defective area processing: According to alternative target displacement zone region.
31、 根据权利要求28的数据记录装置,其中,根据关于存在于不同于包括涉及所述缺陷区的替换地址处理的所述替换目标源区的连续记录范围的连续记录范围中的附录记录点的附录记录点信息,所述控制部分在所述缺陷区的替换地址处理中选择所述主数据区中的替换目标置换区。 31. The data recording apparatus of claim 28, wherein the recording spot in Appendix sequential recording ranges existing in the replacement address is different from the process comprising relates to the replacement of the defective area is a continuous recording range of the target of the source region Appendix recording point information, the control section selects a replacement area replacing the main data area in the replacement address of the defective area processing.
32、 根据权利要求26的数据记录装置,其中,在所述缺陷区的替换地址处理中,所述控制部分在所述主数据区中设置附加的替换地址管理信息区, 其用于递增地记录替换地址管理信息。 32, the data recording apparatus according to claim 26, wherein, in the process of the replacement address of the defective area, the control portion is provided additional replacement address management information area in said main data area for recording incrementally the replacement address information management.
33、 一种用于从记录介质再现数据的数据再现方法,所述记录介质具有一次写入记录区,所述一次写入记录区仅允许将数据记录在其中一次并包括:主数据区,数据将被记录到其中以及将从其再现数据;以及替换地址管理信息区,用于递增地记录替换地址管理信息,以便更新已经记录的、用于管理在所述一次写入记录区上执行的替换地址处理的替换地址管理信息,所述替换地址管理信息包括关于记录在所述主数据区中的主数据的连续记录范围的连续记录范围信息,所述数据再现方法包括步骤:当接收到用于从所述主数据区读出所述数据的数据读请求时,通过参考所述连续记录范围信息,产生关于在所述数据读请求中指定的地址上是否已经记录了数据的记录状态确定结果;如果所述记录状态确定结果指示在所述地址处已经记录了数据,由于在先前的 33. An apparatus for reproducing data from a recording medium reproducing method, a recording medium having a write-once recording area, the write-once recording area to allow only one of which data is recorded and comprising: a main data area, the data will be recorded and from which to reproduce data thereof; replacement and the replacement address management information area for incrementally recording the replacement address management information in order to update already recorded, and for managing the execution on the write-once recording area replacement address information of the address management process, the replacement address management information includes sequential recording range sequential recording range information on the main data recorded in said main data area, the data reproducing method comprising the steps of: when receiving a when the read data read request of said data from said main data area, by referring to the sequential recording range information, generating about whether a recording state of the data on the data specified in the read request address determination result; If the determination result indicates that the recording state of said address data has been recorded, since in the previous 据写请求中指定了所述地址的事实,那么产生关于是否在所述数据读请求中指定的所述地址被通过使用所述替换地址管理信息而作为替换目标源地址管理的替换状态确定结果;如果所述替换状态确定结果指示所述地址没有被通过使用所述替换地址管理信息而作为替换目标源地址来管理,那么从所述数据读请求中指定的所述地址读出所述^t据;和如果所述替换状态确定结果指示所述数据读请求中指定的所述地址被通过使用所述替换地址管理信息而作为替换目标源地址管理,那么通过使用所述替换地址管理信息,从被作为所述替换目标源地址的替代地址而管理的替换目标置换地址读出所述凄史据。 According to the write request to the address specified in the fact, then generating a replacement address is specified with respect to the state in the data read request is the replacement management information by using the address as a source address of a replacement management determination result; If the determination result indicating the replacement state of the address is not the replacement management information by using the address as a source address to manage a replacement, then the address specified by the read request from said data readout, according to the ^ t ; and if the determination result indicating the replacement state of the data read request to the address specified by the replacement management information by using the address as a replacement source address management, then the replacement management information by using the address, from the as a replacement of the source address of the substitute address and a replacement management replacement address reading the sad history data.
34、 一种用于从具有一次写入记录区的记录介质再现数据的数据再现装置,所述一次写入记录区仅允许将数据记录其中一次并包括:主数据区,数据将被记录到其中以及将从其再现数据;以及替换地址管理信息区,用于递增地记录替换地址管理信息以便更新已经记录的、用于管理在所述一次写入记录区上执行的替换地址处理的替换地址管理信息,所述替换地址管理信息包括关于记录在所述主数据区中的主数据的连续记录范围的连续记录范围信息,所述数据再现装置包括:数据读部分,用于从所述记录介质读出数据;第一地址确认部分,用于参照所述替换地址管理信息,产生关于在用于从所述主数据区再现所述数据的数据读请求中指定的地址处是否已经记录了数据的记录状态确定结果;第二地址确认部分,由于已经在先前的数据写请求中指定了所述 34, for writing recording medium having a recording area reproduced from the data reproducing apparatus, the write-once recording area in which data is recorded only allowed once and comprises: a main data area, wherein the data to be recorded and from which the reproduced data; and the replacement address management information area used for incrementally recording the replacement address management information in order to update already recorded replacement address for replacing the address management performed on the write-once recording area management process information, the replacement address management information includes sequential recording range sequential recording range information on the main data recorded in said main data area, the data reproducing apparatus comprising: a data reading portion for reading from said recording medium the data; a first address confirmation section for referring to the replacement address management information, the address generating read request regarding data for reproducing the data from the main data area is already specified in a recording data state determination result; a second address confirmation section, since the request has been written in the previous data designated 址的事实,产生关于在用于从所述主数据区再现所述数据的数据读请求中指定的地址是否被通过使用所述替换地址管理信息而作为替换目标源地址来管理的替换状态确定结果;以及控制部分,用于如果所述第一地址确认部分产生指示在所述地址上已经记录了数据的结果的所述记录状态确定结果,以及所述第二地址确认部分产生指示所述地址是被通过使用所述替换地址管理信息而作为所述替换目标源地址来管理的地址的结果的所述替换状态确定结果,则控制所述数据读部分以从被通过使用所述替换地址管理信息而作为用于所述替换目标源地址的替代地址来管理的替换目标置换地址中再现所述数据;以及如果所述第一地址确认部分产生指示在所述地址上已经记录了数据的结果的所述记录状态确定结果,以及所述第二地址确认部分产生指示所述地址不 The fact that site generates a determination specified in the data read request for reproducing the data from the main data area of ​​the address was the replacement address management information by using the replacement state as a replacement source address RBM ; and a control section for, if the first address portion generated acknowledgment indicating the address has been recorded on the recording state of the result of the determination result data, and generating a second address portion indicative of the acknowledgment address by the replacement address management information as a result of the source address of a replacement address managed by using the replacement state determination result, the data reading portion to the control from the replacement management information by using the address as an alternative for a replacement address of the replacement target address to the source address replacement management reproduce the data; if the first address and the confirmation portion generates the address indicated on the results already recorded data recording state determination result, and said second address generating portion acknowledgment indicating that the address is not 被通过使用所述替换地址管理信息而作为所述替换目标源地址来管理的地址的结果的所述替换状态确定结果,则控制所述数据读部分以从所述地址中再现所述数据。 The replacement address information is managed by using the target as a result of the replacement source address of the address management replacement state determination result, the data read control section to reproduce the data from the address.
CN 200510116588 2004-08-16 2005-08-16 Recording medium, recording apparatus, reproduction apparatus, recording method and reproduction method CN100449629C (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004236337 2004-08-16
JP236337/04 2004-08-16
JP271328/04 2004-09-17

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN1783312A CN1783312A (en) 2006-06-07
CN100449629C true CN100449629C (en) 2009-01-07

Family

ID=36773359

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN 200510116588 CN100449629C (en) 2004-08-16 2005-08-16 Recording medium, recording apparatus, reproduction apparatus, recording method and reproduction method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (2) JP4844655B2 (en)
CN (1) CN100449629C (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5124604B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2013-01-23 株式会社日立エルジーデータストレージ Recording apparatus, recording method, and reproducing method
JP5222898B2 (en) 2010-05-17 2013-06-26 株式会社日立エルジーデータストレージ Recording method, reproducing method, recording apparatus, and reproducing apparatus
JP5906957B2 (en) * 2012-06-22 2016-04-20 ソニー株式会社 Recording device, recording method, replacement destination selection method
CN104484239B (en) * 2014-12-05 2019-02-26 深圳市华宝电子科技有限公司 A kind of Vehicular video Ile repair method and device

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1190779A (en) 1997-01-27 1998-08-19 先锋电子株式会社 Information file recording method and device thereof
CN1519839A (en) 2003-01-31 2004-08-11 株式会社日立制作所 The information recording method and optical disc apparatus

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001043662A (en) * 1999-07-28 2001-02-16 Sharp Corp Disk medium managing method
JP4606693B2 (en) * 2002-11-22 2011-01-05 ソニー株式会社 Optical disc, recording device, playback device, recording method, playback method
CA2508454C (en) * 2002-12-11 2013-01-08 Lg Electronics Inc. Method of managing overwrite and method of recording management information on an optical disc write once
JP2004303381A (en) * 2003-04-01 2004-10-28 Hitachi Ltd Recording method of optical disk, and reproducing method
WO2004100155A1 (en) * 2003-05-09 2004-11-18 Lg Electronics Inc. Recording medium having data structure for managing at least a data area of the recording medium and recording and reproducing methods and apparatuses
KR20050009031A (en) * 2003-07-15 2005-01-24 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for recording management information on optical disc write once
MXPA06002621A (en) * 2003-09-08 2006-06-05 Lg Electronics Inc Write-once optical disc, and method and apparatus for management information thereon.
KR101014727B1 (en) * 2004-06-23 2011-02-16 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and Apparatus for managing a overwrite in Optical write once disc
JP2006040454A (en) * 2004-07-29 2006-02-09 Hitachi Ltd Write once optical disk device

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1190779A (en) 1997-01-27 1998-08-19 先锋电子株式会社 Information file recording method and device thereof
CN1519839A (en) 2003-01-31 2004-08-11 株式会社日立制作所 The information recording method and optical disc apparatus

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2011233230A (en) 2011-11-17
CN1783312A (en) 2006-06-07
JP4844655B2 (en) 2011-12-28
JP5252039B2 (en) 2013-07-31
JP2009245586A (en) 2009-10-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI405196B (en) Optical recording medium and defective area management method and apparatus for write-once recording medium
KR100964689B1 (en) Write-once optical disc, and method and apparatus for recording management information on write-once optical disc
EP1564740B1 (en) Recording medium, recording device and recording method
JP4658614B2 (en) Recording method and apparatus for optical recording medium
CN100416691C (en) Method for processing defective area and linking area
CA2531572C (en) Write-once recording medium, recording method, recording apparatus, reproduction method, and reproduction apparatus
CN1554092B (en) Recording method, and disc drive device
JP4194559B2 (en) Method and apparatus for managing defective area on optical disc and write once optical disc
CA2351502C (en) Method of immediate writing or reading files on a disc like recording medium
TWI251215B (en) Recording medium, recorder, reproduction device, recording method, and reproduction method
CN1333390C (en) Method and apparatus for managing a defective area on an optical disc
KR100954473B1 (en) Recording and/or reproducing method and apparatus
JP4805602B2 (en) Information recording medium, recording / reproducing apparatus and method, initialization method, and reinitialization method
US8295138B2 (en) Recording medium, recording apparatus, reproduction apparatus, recording method and reproduction method
JP4895809B2 (en) Write-once optical disc and method and apparatus for recording management information on write-once optical disc
US7277371B2 (en) Recording medium, recording device, reproduction device, recording method and reproduction method
KR101024904B1 (en) Recording medium,recording method, recording apparatus and recording/reproducing system
RU2349973C2 (en) Record carrier having structure of data for management with at least record carrier data area of data and ways and record and playback devices
CN101197166B (en) Write-once optical disc, and method and apparatus for recording/playback management information on/from optical disc
DE60001993T2 (en) Audiovisual data and computer data recording methods and reproducing methods, and recording device and reproducing device, information recording system and information reproducing system, and information recording media for applying these methods
EP0798710A2 (en) Information recording disk having replacement area
CN101261867B (en) Defect management information management method for write-once optical recording medium
KR100861071B1 (en) Device and method for recording information
RU2377667C2 (en) Recording medium with data structure for managing at least recording medium data area, and methods and devices for recording and playing back
BRPI0317147B1 (en) apparatus and method for recording data to a recording medium only once, apparatus and method for reproducing data from a recording medium only once and said recording medium only once

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
C14 Grant of patent or utility model
C56 Change in the name or address of the patentee
LICC Enforcement, change and cancellation of record of contracts on the licence for exploitation of a patent or utility model
LICC Enforcement, change and cancellation of record of contracts on the licence for exploitation of a patent or utility model